PMP module book final.pdf - Blackboard - University of Leicester
PMP module book final.pdf - Blackboard - University of Leicester
PMP module book final.pdf - Blackboard - University of Leicester
You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles
YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.
PROFESSIONAL DIPLOMA IN MANAGEMENT<br />
School <strong>of</strong> Management<br />
Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Management Project<br />
MN4507/D<br />
www.le.ac.uk/ulsm/
school <strong>of</strong> management<br />
MODULE MN4507/D<br />
Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Management<br />
Project
school <strong>of</strong> management
Pr<strong>of</strong>essional DiPloma in management<br />
Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Management Project<br />
contents<br />
introduction to the <strong>module</strong> ....................................................................................... i<br />
structure <strong>of</strong> the <strong>module</strong> ............................................................................................ i<br />
learning outcomes ................................................................................................. iv<br />
how to approach this <strong>module</strong> ................................................................................. v<br />
Section 1: Research and the Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Management Project .....................1<br />
school <strong>of</strong> management<br />
introduction<br />
What is research?<br />
Why Do We ask You to Do a Project as Part <strong>of</strong> Your Diploma Programme?<br />
What should a Project include?<br />
What is a good Pr<strong>of</strong>essional management Project?<br />
summary<br />
references<br />
Section 2: The Role <strong>of</strong> Existing Literature in Social Science Research ...........11<br />
introduction<br />
Why Do You need to Do a literature review?<br />
additional guidance on finding subject-specific literature<br />
Using the literature<br />
compiling a literature review<br />
summary<br />
references<br />
Section 3: Formulating Research Questions ..................................................25<br />
introduction<br />
research topic versus research Questions<br />
What to think about in topic and Question selection<br />
summary<br />
references<br />
Section 4: Quantitative and Qualitative Methods – A Selective Review ........33<br />
introduction<br />
Distinguishing Between Quantitative and Qualitative methods<br />
Quantitative methods<br />
Quantitative/Qualitative methods<br />
Qualitative methods
choosing a method<br />
a note about Using secondary Data<br />
and <strong>final</strong>ly …<br />
summary<br />
references<br />
Section 5: Sampling, Design and Administration ..........................................51<br />
introduction<br />
sampling<br />
Designing research schedules<br />
Designing schedules for methods Using Direct Questions<br />
Designing self-administered Questionnaires and structured interview schedules<br />
Designing semi-structured and Unstructured interview schedules<br />
Designing observation schedules<br />
administering research schedules<br />
summary<br />
references<br />
Section 6: Planning, Access and Ethics ..........................................................77<br />
introduction<br />
research Planning<br />
research access<br />
research ethics: the Basics<br />
maintaining confidentiality and anonymity<br />
tensions and ambiguities in research ethics<br />
summary<br />
references<br />
Section 7: Analysing Quantitative Data .........................................................97<br />
introduction<br />
the terminology <strong>of</strong> statistics<br />
Descriptive Data<br />
representing Descriptive statistics<br />
statistical inference<br />
summary<br />
references<br />
Section 8: Analysing Qualitative Data ..........................................................115<br />
introduction<br />
Data analysis in general: a Brief overview<br />
Deductive analysis <strong>of</strong> Qualitative Data<br />
inductive analysis <strong>of</strong> Qualitative Data<br />
content analysis<br />
school <strong>of</strong> management
school t <strong>of</strong> management<br />
s<strong>of</strong>tware Packages and analysing Qualitative Data<br />
Presenting Qualitative Data<br />
some <strong>final</strong> Pointers on the analysis <strong>of</strong> Qualitative Data<br />
summary<br />
references<br />
Section 9: Writing Up Your Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Management Project ...................133<br />
introduction<br />
the importance <strong>of</strong> good Writing in Your Project, and how to achieve it<br />
some technical Pointers, or the ‘Dos’ and ‘Don’t’s’ <strong>of</strong> Writing a Project<br />
other sources <strong>of</strong> advice and information on Writing Your Project<br />
summary<br />
references<br />
Appendix 1: Doing a Theoretical Project .........................................................147<br />
Symbols Used in this Module<br />
� Key Reading<br />
� Tasks<br />
this <strong>module</strong> is supported by a companion text<strong>book</strong>. Details <strong>of</strong><br />
which chapters or parts <strong>of</strong> the text<strong>book</strong> you need to read in<br />
conjunction with each section <strong>of</strong> the <strong>module</strong> <strong>book</strong> are provided on<br />
<strong>Blackboard</strong>. these are your key readings. You should complete the<br />
appropriate key reading where this symbol appears and directs you<br />
to <strong>Blackboard</strong>.<br />
the <strong>module</strong> also contains a series <strong>of</strong> tasks. these indicate<br />
opportunities for connecting <strong>module</strong> concepts with your own<br />
studies or practical organisational situations. again these will be<br />
provided on <strong>Blackboard</strong>. You should complete the appropriate task/s<br />
where this symbol appears and directs you to <strong>Blackboard</strong>.
school <strong>of</strong> management
Pr<strong>of</strong>essional management Project<br />
Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Management Project<br />
Introduction to the Module<br />
Welcome to the <strong>module</strong> <strong>book</strong> for the Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Management Project, the last<br />
<strong>module</strong> in your Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Diploma in management programme. congratulations<br />
on your progress so far!<br />
this <strong>module</strong> <strong>book</strong> 1 deals with what we call research methodology, because it is<br />
designed to assist you in undertaking independent research for the Pr<strong>of</strong>essional<br />
management Project (hereafter just ‘project’, or ‘<strong>PMP</strong>’), which is also the <strong>module</strong><br />
which carries the most credits in the Diploma programme – 30, to be precise! so<br />
what is research methodology? the straightforward answer is that it is an overall<br />
action plan for research. in the social sciences 2 , methodology is the logic or series<br />
<strong>of</strong> steps that connects a given set <strong>of</strong> research questions (uncertainties or gaps in<br />
our knowledge about the social world, about human behaviour) to the conclusions<br />
arrived at. it encompasses the selection <strong>of</strong> research methods, the design <strong>of</strong> data<br />
gathering instruments like interview schedules or self-administered questionnaire<br />
schedules, gaining access to the research site, sampling, research ethics and data<br />
analysis. academic standards exist on what constitutes good research. this <strong>module</strong><br />
is intended to assist you in familiarising yourself with these standards so you are able<br />
to justify your methodological choices to your assessors, gather meaningful, relevant,<br />
credible, trustworthy and plausible data which will answer your research questions<br />
and undertake your project research in an ethical way.<br />
not every aspect <strong>of</strong> this <strong>module</strong> will be relevant to every Diploma student when<br />
preparing their projects, as all projects are different. so you will have to decide for<br />
yourselves which bits you need for your own research. nonetheless, you should read<br />
the <strong>module</strong> <strong>book</strong> in its entirety, as well as completing the tasks where instructed to,<br />
in order to familiarise yourself with methodology as a subject area. this should help<br />
you to make the appropriate choices for your own PmP. in addition, please be aware<br />
that cross-references within and across the sections will be made as appropriate, and<br />
that material may be initially introduced and then developed in more detail at a later<br />
stage according to the structure <strong>of</strong> the <strong>module</strong> itself.<br />
1 as with the other <strong>module</strong>s, key terms appear in bold in this <strong>book</strong> when they<br />
are first used.<br />
2 Natural sciences study the behaviour <strong>of</strong> natural organisms like plants, animals,<br />
natural forces like gravity and natural elements like iron or silver – they include biology,<br />
physics and chemistry. the social sciences study human behaviour, and therefore<br />
management is a social science. Please also note that the term ‘management’ is used<br />
in this <strong>module</strong> <strong>book</strong> as a generic term to refer to the collection <strong>of</strong> subjects, theories,<br />
techniques and concepts which you have studied during the previous six <strong>module</strong>s on<br />
the Diploma programme (whether these cover people’s behaviour at work, strategy<br />
formation and implementation, accounting, finance, marketing, statistics etc.).<br />
school <strong>of</strong> management i
Pr<strong>of</strong>essional management Project<br />
there are many and varied methods, ways <strong>of</strong> gaining research access, sampling<br />
techniques, data analysis tools, ethical issues and debates and so on in the social<br />
sciences and it would be impossible to cover all <strong>of</strong> these here. instead we will be<br />
exploring issues related to the ones which, based on Ulsm experience, most students<br />
<strong>of</strong> management use or need to be aware <strong>of</strong>. for those <strong>of</strong> you who do not find the<br />
specific aspect <strong>of</strong> methodology which you are interested in covered here, this will be<br />
discussed in detail in a range <strong>of</strong> the available texts. Key reading is as usual stipulated<br />
for this <strong>module</strong> (more details below). You can also find references at the end <strong>of</strong> each<br />
section in this <strong>book</strong> and a suggested additional reading list on <strong>Blackboard</strong>.<br />
Structure <strong>of</strong> the Module<br />
the <strong>module</strong> consists <strong>of</strong> nine interrelated sections.<br />
section 1 <strong>of</strong>fers an introduction to research and the PmP. this section provides<br />
guidance on the nature <strong>of</strong> academic research and what Ulsm expects from Diploma<br />
students in their project submissions.<br />
section 2 discusses the role <strong>of</strong> a literature review in research. it also <strong>of</strong>fers advice on<br />
how best to develop your literature review.<br />
section 3 covers the formulation <strong>of</strong> research questions. it outlines the various things<br />
you need to bear in mind when choosing and refining your area <strong>of</strong> academic interest<br />
and your research questions, so that you can work towards identifying clear questions<br />
as well as identifying plausible reasons as to why these questions are important.<br />
section 4 discusses research methods. this section provides an overview <strong>of</strong> the ones<br />
most students <strong>of</strong> management use, as well as <strong>of</strong>fering advice on how to choose a<br />
method(/s).<br />
section 5 covers sampling for, designing and administering research schedules.<br />
in this section we discuss how to select your respondents (sampling) and how to<br />
design your interview or questionnaire or observation schedule. We also <strong>of</strong>fer some<br />
tips on how to conduct the data gathering itself, depending on which method you<br />
choose (research administration).<br />
section 6 discusses how best to manage your time when doing research (planning),<br />
and also covers the sometimes challenging issue <strong>of</strong> obtaining research access (actually<br />
getting into an organisation, for example, to collect data). the last issue in this section<br />
is research ethics, which we take very seriously indeed. You need to do the same!<br />
section 7 is an overview <strong>of</strong> the analysis <strong>of</strong> quantitative data. here we identify the<br />
different types <strong>of</strong> statistics and different types <strong>of</strong> quantitative data. We also discuss<br />
various ways in which quantitative data can be measured, and cover some key<br />
techniques for representing descriptive statistics in graphical form and in numerical<br />
form. <strong>final</strong>ly this section discusses the role <strong>of</strong> inference in statistical analysis<br />
ii school <strong>of</strong> management
Pr<strong>of</strong>essional management Project<br />
section 8 is an overview <strong>of</strong> the analysis <strong>of</strong> qualitative data. Qualitative data are<br />
expressed in words, and usually collected in response to open questions or a nonstructured<br />
observation schedule. they are <strong>of</strong>ten considered to provide a more indepth<br />
and richer account <strong>of</strong> a research site. this section discusses some <strong>of</strong> the choices<br />
available when analysing qualitative data, and some <strong>of</strong> the key issues to bear in mind.<br />
section 9 discusses the writing up <strong>of</strong> your project. since the mark you receive for the<br />
project depends entirely on your written submission, this section <strong>of</strong>fers help on how<br />
to produce the best piece <strong>of</strong> writing you can in this regard.<br />
as many examples as possible will be given to illustrate how the issues raised are<br />
visible in real-life social science/management research. the <strong>module</strong> is arranged in a<br />
logical order according to how research is usually carried out in practice. it is therefore<br />
sensible to begin at the beginning and read all the way through to develop a gradual<br />
awareness <strong>of</strong> the process <strong>of</strong> academic research and the tasks involved.<br />
methodology as understood here, then, has to do with the practicalities <strong>of</strong> putting<br />
together an empirical piece <strong>of</strong> research. ‘empirical’ comes from the greek empeiria,<br />
meaning “knowledge based on experience and observation” (gummesson 2000:64).<br />
in the social sciences, it refers to research which uses real-world data, which bases its<br />
conclusions on findings about people’s actual behaviour and activities, as opposed to<br />
engaging in abstract theorising, reflection and conceptualisation. in practice though<br />
it is not always easy to draw the line between empirical projects (which can involve the<br />
analysis <strong>of</strong> secondary data – which someone else has collected – as well as primary<br />
data – which the researcher collects themselves) and what are sometimes referred to<br />
as theoretical, library or desk-based projects, where the researcher focuses on an<br />
evaluation or synthesis (bringing together) <strong>of</strong> the existing literature in a particular<br />
subject area/s. this is because theoretical projects <strong>of</strong>ten involve the analysis <strong>of</strong> existing<br />
empirical studies – and thus the use <strong>of</strong> secondary data. and we should not forget<br />
that the analysis <strong>of</strong> any form <strong>of</strong> data, whether primary or secondary, should always<br />
involve reference to existing concepts and theories – so empirical projects also need<br />
to make considerable use <strong>of</strong> theory!<br />
in this <strong>book</strong>, however, we will focus on primary empirical research for the following<br />
reasons:<br />
a) again, Ulsm experience shows that the majority <strong>of</strong> students <strong>of</strong> management<br />
undertake empirical studies for their projects, dissertations or theses, usually<br />
involving the collection <strong>of</strong> primary data <strong>of</strong> some sort;<br />
b) even if you choose to engage in a ‘pure’ library project or to analyse secondary<br />
data only for your project, you may well be asked to conduct primary empirical<br />
research in the future, either as part <strong>of</strong> future academic study or in your<br />
working life;<br />
c) a grounding in primary empirical research methodology is always helpful in<br />
terms <strong>of</strong> evaluating claims made by others on the basis <strong>of</strong> their data-gathering<br />
activities (i.e., in terms <strong>of</strong> evaluating published management research); and<br />
school <strong>of</strong> management iii
Pr<strong>of</strong>essional management Project<br />
d) it is impossible to cover the full range <strong>of</strong> available methodologies, as already<br />
suggested, in a <strong>module</strong> like this.<br />
moreover, many <strong>of</strong> the issues (e.g., developing a literature review, formulating<br />
research questions, data analysis and writing up your project) that we discuss during<br />
the <strong>module</strong> will in any case be directly relevant to those doing more theoretical<br />
projects and/or projects involving the use <strong>of</strong> secondary data. however, Appendix 1<br />
<strong>of</strong>fers some guidance to those <strong>of</strong> you who choose to do a theoretical project.<br />
Learning Outcomes<br />
this <strong>module</strong>, as already suggested, will not tell you all you need to know about your<br />
own project research – so it is essential that you do as much independent reading as<br />
possible. You will also need to read a wide range <strong>of</strong> the subject-specific literature <strong>of</strong><br />
course – i.e., published research on your area <strong>of</strong> interest, whether it is organisational<br />
structure, organisational culture, relationship marketing, charismatic leadership,<br />
stress, productivity, employee motivation, the supply chain, auditing or whatever else.<br />
moreover, a familiarity with the methodological literature beyond the key readings<br />
prescribed here will only enhance the decisions that you make in this regard for your<br />
project, and the finished product itself.<br />
Please also be aware that terminology in the area <strong>of</strong> research methodology, like many<br />
other areas <strong>of</strong> the study <strong>of</strong> management, is not used consistently. so authors might<br />
use different terms to describe the same thing or (even more confusingly) the same<br />
term to describe different things. Be aware <strong>of</strong> this when you are reading this <strong>book</strong><br />
and the relevant texts.<br />
more formally, at the end <strong>of</strong> this <strong>module</strong>, typical students should be able to:<br />
1. formulate and undertake a piece <strong>of</strong> original research with relevance to<br />
contemporary management issues and problems<br />
2. integrate and interrelate concepts, techniques and skills acquired throughout<br />
the course <strong>of</strong> the Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Diploma programme<br />
3. demonstrate an appreciation <strong>of</strong> relevant existing research and theoretical<br />
perspectives relating to the project topic<br />
4. develop and apply analytical and communication skills needed to accomplish<br />
the project process.<br />
iV school <strong>of</strong> management
Pr<strong>of</strong>essional management Project<br />
How to Approach This Module<br />
in designing and writing this <strong>module</strong> <strong>book</strong>, we are aware that students will approach<br />
their PmP from a range <strong>of</strong> different backgrounds and will bring to this research a<br />
varied assortment <strong>of</strong> prior knowledge and expectations.<br />
to help you to realise the learning outcomes, and as with previous <strong>module</strong>s on the<br />
Diploma programme, this <strong>module</strong> comprises the following components:<br />
1. this <strong>module</strong> <strong>book</strong><br />
2. the companion text<strong>book</strong><br />
3. the virtual learning environment (<strong>Blackboard</strong>).<br />
to successfully navigate the <strong>module</strong> and to get a thorough grasp on the subject<br />
matter you will need to use the <strong>module</strong> <strong>book</strong>, companion text<strong>book</strong> and <strong>Blackboard</strong>.<br />
as suggested above, this <strong>module</strong> <strong>book</strong> provides guidance on: what research is and<br />
what we expect <strong>of</strong> your PmP; the functions <strong>of</strong> a literature review in research and<br />
how to compile one; the development <strong>of</strong> appropriate research questions; the choice<br />
<strong>of</strong> a research method; sampling, schedule design and administration; the analysis<br />
<strong>of</strong> quantitative and qualitative data; and writing up the PmP. the authors are Ulsm<br />
academics with considerable experience <strong>of</strong> supervising management students and<br />
conducting their own research,<br />
to reiterate, you should work through the <strong>book</strong> in order. as you do so, you should try<br />
to think about the information and advice it <strong>of</strong>fers in relation to the kind <strong>of</strong> project<br />
you would like to do. as well as all sorts <strong>of</strong> examples from real research projects, the<br />
<strong>book</strong> also includes some thinking points which ask you to reflect on a particular<br />
section <strong>of</strong> content using some stimulus material.<br />
further, the <strong>module</strong> is supported by a companion text<strong>book</strong>. all key readings from this<br />
text, which is provided, are indicated on the <strong>Blackboard</strong> site for this <strong>module</strong>. <strong>Blackboard</strong><br />
also contains some suggested additional readings. again as already stated, a list <strong>of</strong><br />
references for the material that has been used to compile the <strong>module</strong> <strong>book</strong> will be<br />
provided at the end <strong>of</strong> each section here. You might also want to consult these for<br />
further reading. as ever, you will find that there is more additional reading available<br />
with this <strong>module</strong> than you can feasibly read, so you will need to be selective in your<br />
choice <strong>of</strong> extra reading. Please also do not feel restricted to the readings suggested<br />
– reading around the subject area is encouraged. if you do find readings that you<br />
feel others would benefit from, please share them on <strong>Blackboard</strong> by providing the<br />
hyperlink and/or citation.<br />
and so to the <strong>module</strong> <strong>Blackboard</strong> site. in addition to additional readings, the site<br />
features tasks for each section <strong>of</strong> the <strong>module</strong> in order to develop your understanding<br />
<strong>of</strong> how to do academic research. You will also find streamed lectures, links to relevant<br />
school <strong>of</strong> management v
Pr<strong>of</strong>essional management Project<br />
websites and several support forums there. the support forums – which are divided<br />
by subject area – allow you to discuss the tasks in this <strong>module</strong> with others who are<br />
progressing through the <strong>module</strong> at the same rate as you are. also, and importantly,<br />
the tutor on the support forum for the subject area you choose to research also acts<br />
as your project supervisor. You should therefore make use <strong>of</strong> this forum as much as<br />
you can to make sure you are going in the right direction. the <strong>Blackboard</strong> site also<br />
contains the Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Management Project Guidelines, which you should read<br />
in full. these guidelines cover issues such as what to expect from the supervision via<br />
the support forum, how to format your project and so on.<br />
<strong>final</strong>ly, all the references and Urls in this <strong>module</strong> <strong>book</strong> were correct at the time<br />
<strong>of</strong> going to press. We will provide any updates <strong>of</strong> which we become aware on the<br />
<strong>Blackboard</strong> <strong>module</strong> site.<br />
References<br />
the following are the sources which were used to compile this section. chapters<br />
or excerpts are specified to suggest material which should be especially relevant to<br />
issues covered in the section.<br />
gummesson, e. (2000) Qualitative Methods in Management Research 2 nd edition<br />
thousand oaks, california: sage chapter 3.<br />
vi school <strong>of</strong> management
Pr<strong>of</strong>essional management Project<br />
school <strong>of</strong> management<br />
section 1<br />
Research and the Pr<strong>of</strong>essional<br />
Management Project
Pr<strong>of</strong>essional management Project<br />
school <strong>of</strong> management
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
SECTION 1<br />
Research and the Pr<strong>of</strong>essional<br />
Management Project<br />
Learning Outcomes<br />
having studied this section <strong>of</strong> the <strong>module</strong>, you will be able to:<br />
• define what research means in an academic context<br />
• understand why we ask you to conduct your own research project<br />
as a mandatory part <strong>of</strong> the Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Diploma in Management<br />
• identify the key components <strong>of</strong> a Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Management<br />
Project<br />
• outline the features <strong>of</strong> what ULSM considers to be a good project.<br />
Introduction<br />
As established, this <strong>module</strong> is intended to support you in the process <strong>of</strong> putting<br />
together your Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Management Project. This independent research project is<br />
a mandatory part <strong>of</strong> your Diploma programme. As we stated in the introduction, it is<br />
also a particularly crucial part <strong>of</strong> this programme, as it gains you 30 credits out <strong>of</strong> a<br />
total <strong>of</strong> 120! So let’s begin with a consideration <strong>of</strong> what the term ‘research’ means.<br />
What is Research?<br />
Williams and May (1996:7) suggest that “Research may be characterized as methodical<br />
investigations into a subject or problem. To ‘research’ is to seek answers that involve<br />
understanding and explanation.” In other words, research is about answering<br />
questions, seeking answers to things we are not sure about, clearing up gaps in the<br />
breadth or certainty <strong>of</strong> our knowledge about the social world. The term ‘research’<br />
actually implies uncertainty – re-search – look again. Research is usually not just<br />
descriptive – i.e., it doesn’t just seek to provide an accurate portrayal <strong>of</strong> what is<br />
going on in a specific situation. Instead it tends to be explanatory – that is, looking<br />
for reasons as to why particular things are happening, aiming to establish what the<br />
cause and effect relationships are in this specific situation. Or it can be exploratory<br />
– seeking insights into or asking questions about unfamiliar or complex situations, or<br />
SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 1
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
trying to see a situation from a different, unconventional point <strong>of</strong> view. So analysis<br />
<strong>of</strong> research data usually produces insights, explanations, relationships, comparisons,<br />
predictions or theories.<br />
Equally, “Much enquiry in the real world is essentially some form <strong>of</strong> evaluation”<br />
(Robson 2002:6). So empirical research tends to try to understand what is going on<br />
in the ‘real world’ and why, but also to make a judgement about it. Management<br />
research especially is <strong>of</strong>ten directed at solving a particular organisational problem,<br />
or improving organisational processes in specific ways. As such the knowledge<br />
that derives from this research is applied to the ‘real world’. For you as students<br />
<strong>of</strong> management, then, the emphasis <strong>of</strong> your project may well be on identifying a<br />
management or business problem, formulating solutions and generating appropriate<br />
and acceptable recommendations for action. however, as we have seen, it is also<br />
possible to undertake a more theoretical piece <strong>of</strong> work that focuses in detail on an<br />
issue in management thought.<br />
But why do you have to do your own independent research project in order to gain<br />
a Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Diploma in Management qualification from the <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Leicester</strong><br />
School <strong>of</strong> Management?<br />
Why Do We Ask You To Do a Project as Part <strong>of</strong><br />
Your Diploma Programme?<br />
There are many reasons for asking you to do project research. First, we believe that<br />
undertaking this kind <strong>of</strong> project sharpens your information gathering, critical and<br />
analytical skills. Second, it enhances your subject-specific knowledge. Note that this<br />
is not just for academic reasons – in other words, we don’t believe that you should<br />
know more about specific management subjects just for knowledge’s sake. Instead we<br />
believe – as we hope has become obvious by now! – that better awareness <strong>of</strong> debates<br />
and issues in academic literature about management will assist you to underpin your<br />
work practice with solid reasoning and informed reflection, and therefore improve<br />
this practice. Project research also <strong>of</strong>ten requires you to relate academic theories and<br />
concepts to real-world data and real-world problems. In other words, a project may<br />
well allow you to identify the gaps between management theory and management<br />
practice and suggest why these gaps exist – is it the practice which is problematic or<br />
the theory, or a mixture <strong>of</strong> both? This may also challenge your preconceptions about<br />
effective management practice.<br />
Fourth, undertaking a project means that you have to identify significant issues and<br />
themes yourself – finding, sorting through and organising a large body <strong>of</strong> academic<br />
literature and, in all likelihood, empirical data to pull out what the important issues<br />
and themes are in terms <strong>of</strong> your research questions. Project research also develops<br />
your interpersonal/transferable skills – including oral and written communication,<br />
negotiation, problem solving, time management, self-motivation and creativity. And,<br />
<strong>final</strong>ly, you have to take responsibility for the whole process. Doing a project means<br />
that you make the choices from start to finish – you set the question/s, organise the<br />
2 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
process, decide on the relevant literature, consider and design your methodology,<br />
gather the data and reach your own conclusions based on the analysis. The project is<br />
therefore unique as regards your Diploma studies, as ULSM tutors set the questions<br />
and the structure for all the other pieces <strong>of</strong> assessed work that you do.<br />
OK, so we know now what research is, and why we ask you to do independent<br />
research as a significant aspect <strong>of</strong> your Diploma programme. But what does a <strong>PMP</strong><br />
look like?<br />
What Should a Project Include?<br />
Your project may not necessarily be organised in the following way because every<br />
project is different but for empirical projects all these components need to be<br />
present. Please also note the ULSM administrative requirements in your Project<br />
Guidelines on <strong>Blackboard</strong> – e.g., regarding the title page, the contents page/s, the<br />
acknowledgements, the overall format <strong>of</strong> the project and so on.<br />
Executive Summary/Abstract<br />
This should be no more than one side <strong>of</strong> A4 in length. It is a self-contained summary <strong>of</strong><br />
the whole <strong>of</strong> the project. It should contain information about your research questions<br />
and why these are important; the terms <strong>of</strong> reference <strong>of</strong> the project (e.g., how you<br />
are defining certain key concepts or the parameters <strong>of</strong> the project); information about<br />
the subject-specific literature you have used; information about how you answered<br />
your research questions (i.e., your methodology and your data analysis, if relevant); as<br />
well as a summary <strong>of</strong> your conclusions, recommendations and action plan (if any).<br />
See Saunders et al. (2009:532–533) for extra advice. Even though it appears first,<br />
you should write the executive summary last <strong>of</strong> all, so that it actually represents the<br />
contents <strong>of</strong> the project!<br />
Introduction<br />
The introduction is effectively an extended executive summary and should include<br />
details <strong>of</strong> your research questions and why they are significant, your terms <strong>of</strong> reference,<br />
the sources <strong>of</strong> information on which the project is based and how this information<br />
was collected. The introduction sets the scene and puts the whole enquiry into its<br />
proper context. We suggest that you structure it as follows – begin with a clear<br />
definition and justification <strong>of</strong> the research questions you are investigating, including<br />
a statement <strong>of</strong> the management issues involved. You may also wish to acknowledge<br />
the ways in which these questions changed as the project evolved, if relevant. The<br />
introduction should then provide an overview <strong>of</strong> the project as a whole, chapter<br />
by chapter. Again, even though it forms an early section in the finished product, it<br />
should be written at the end, for the reasons outlined above.<br />
SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 3
Literature Review<br />
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
This chapter outlines the academic context <strong>of</strong> your project and establishes how your<br />
research adds to or extends what is already known about the topic. That is to say, it<br />
reviews the existing research in the area – on organisational structure, organisational<br />
culture, relationship marketing, charismatic leadership, stress, productivity, employee<br />
motivation, the supply chain, auditing or whatever – identifying the key themes<br />
and debates, but also identifying the gaps and omissions which your research will<br />
address. More details <strong>of</strong> the literature review follow in Section 2.<br />
Methodology<br />
This chapter <strong>of</strong> the project gives details <strong>of</strong> your data gathering. As already suggested,<br />
empirical data can be primary – you collect it yourself, for example via questionnaire<br />
or interview. The methodological information we require about any primary data<br />
gathering is as follows:<br />
• discussion <strong>of</strong> the research method you have chosen and why;<br />
• discussion <strong>of</strong> your sample (size and type) and why you chose this size and<br />
type <strong>of</strong> sample;<br />
• discussion <strong>of</strong> how you negotiated access (if relevant) and why you chose this<br />
approach;<br />
• discussion <strong>of</strong> the design <strong>of</strong> your schedule and why you did it that way;<br />
• discussion <strong>of</strong> your pilot test;<br />
• discussion <strong>of</strong> your chosen channel and why you selected it;<br />
• and discussion <strong>of</strong> what happened when you actually did the data gathering.<br />
All these issues are covered in more depth in Sections 4–6.<br />
But empirical data can also be secondary – i.e., already in existence, collected by<br />
someone else. So secondary data can come from published academic research,<br />
government surveys, organisations’ personnel records, shareholder reports,<br />
newspaper articles and so on. Methodological information needed here would<br />
include discussion <strong>of</strong> your data source(/s), including the time period it covers, and<br />
why you chose it; discussion <strong>of</strong> how you used this source(/s) and why; and discussion<br />
<strong>of</strong> any relevant issues that occurred while you were accessing and using these data.<br />
Any methodology chapter should also end by discussing the problems that you faced<br />
during this stage <strong>of</strong> the project and whether you were able to resolve them; i.e.,<br />
the limitations <strong>of</strong> the methodology and their implications. You will return to these<br />
issues in your reflections section. It is also important here, as the above discussion<br />
4 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
indicates, to justify the methodological decisions that you have made throughout<br />
this chapter.<br />
Data Analysis<br />
This chapter should tell the examiners how you did your data analysis, what it shows<br />
us and how this relates to your research questions and the existing academic literature<br />
on the subject. More details follow in Sections 7 and 8.<br />
Conclusions/Reflections/Recommendations<br />
This chapter draws the project together. You should restate your research questions<br />
here and summarise the answers to them: these are your conclusions. These<br />
conclusions must be drawn from the body <strong>of</strong> evidence presented in the main chapters<br />
<strong>of</strong> the project. They should all flow clearly from the preceding analysis. This section<br />
also needs to identify any problems or opportunities which you have discovered as a<br />
result <strong>of</strong> your analysis and which will form the basis <strong>of</strong> your recommendations.<br />
In your recommendations you should suggest ways <strong>of</strong> addressing the problems or<br />
opportunities discussed in the foregoing analysis. The recommendations chapter might<br />
also include the benefits <strong>of</strong> implementing these suggestions but also the resources<br />
entailed, the action plan/programme <strong>of</strong> work that would be needed and how long it<br />
would take. Again the recommendations should be derived from your conclusions.<br />
You need to be realistic about the extent to which the scope and approach <strong>of</strong> your<br />
research allow for firm recommendations to be made, as well as acknowledging any<br />
limitations or need for further research in this regard. Please also note that your<br />
project is not a management report or a piece <strong>of</strong> consultancy. In other words,<br />
despite the emphasis that we have placed above on its being practically relevant, we<br />
do not want you only to provide managerial advice. The project should also have clear<br />
hallmarks <strong>of</strong> academic rigour, <strong>of</strong>fer potentially generalisable conceptual insights<br />
and add to or extend the published academic research on the topic in question.<br />
Your reflections section consists <strong>of</strong> an overall evaluation <strong>of</strong> the project – its strengths<br />
and weaknesses, constraints encountered during the process <strong>of</strong> putting it together<br />
and how these were dealt with if appropriate. We would also expect you to reflect<br />
further on how effective your methodological approach was and to comment on the<br />
managerial and academic competencies you have developed as a result <strong>of</strong> writing<br />
the project. The following questions may be useful in structuring this section:<br />
• Were your project questions well defined? Did you actually answer them?<br />
• Did the research outcomes match your initial expectations?<br />
• Did you do a good job <strong>of</strong> planning and undertaking the research overall?<br />
what went well? What should you have done differently?<br />
• What will you take away from the project process into your management<br />
career and/or any future studies?<br />
SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 5
References/Bibliography and Appendices<br />
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
References/bibliography is self-explanatory, but we do require you to provide a<br />
full list <strong>of</strong> all the sources you drew on for the project – subject-specific literature,<br />
research methodology literature and secondary data sources. You should include<br />
Internet sources here as well. See your Programme hand<strong>book</strong> and the Foundations<br />
<strong>of</strong> Management <strong>module</strong> <strong>book</strong> to refresh your memory on how to reference properly.<br />
Appendices include information which is necessary to the project but would spoil<br />
its flow or structure if included in the main body. Examples might be a clean version<br />
<strong>of</strong> your questionnaire or interview schedule, the letter you wrote requesting research<br />
access, detailed tables <strong>of</strong> statistics or graphs relating to your data analysis and so on.<br />
Do not append raw data (e.g., completed questionnaires or transcripts <strong>of</strong> interviews)<br />
here. These should simply be retained in a safe place until your <strong>PMP</strong> mark has been<br />
confirmed, for reasons discussed in Section 6. At this point the data can be destroyed,<br />
if you see fit.<br />
What is a Good Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Management Project?<br />
To expand a little on the basic structure <strong>of</strong> an empirical project as outlined above, we<br />
are <strong>of</strong>ten asked what constitutes a good project. Well, the answer is one that …<br />
a) focuses on a contemporary topic which is <strong>of</strong> practical relevance and personal<br />
interest to the student. Personal interest in the topic is really important<br />
because it keeps you motivated and also means that your enthusiasm shines<br />
through in the finished product;<br />
b) clearly explains and defends research questions – i.e., you tell us exactly<br />
what it is you want to find out about your research topic, and you also tell<br />
us why these questions are interesting. Ideally, your defence should be a<br />
combination <strong>of</strong> there being gaps in the existing academic literature, <strong>of</strong> your<br />
own personal interest in the topic/questions and <strong>of</strong> current management and<br />
academic interest in the topic/questions. See Section 3 for more discussion <strong>of</strong><br />
these issues;<br />
c) critically reviews as wide a range <strong>of</strong> subject-specific literature as possible<br />
and makes its academic contribution clear. Contribution is something we<br />
expand on as this <strong>book</strong> progresses, but for now it suffices to say that we<br />
prefer student research projects to add something to the existing literature<br />
on organisational structure, organisational culture, relationship marketing,<br />
charismatic leadership, stress, productivity, employee motivation, supply<br />
chain, auditing … or whatever you are studying. In other words, a good<br />
project doesn’t just rehearse or repeat things that we already know. More on<br />
this in Section 2;<br />
6 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
d) contains a well defended and appropriate methodology. This chapter<br />
therefore needs to demonstrate all the methodological choices you have<br />
made but also provide a robust justification for these choices;<br />
e) clearly and coherently presents and analyses data. More to follow on this<br />
in Sections 7 and 8, but for now it is important to state that data analysis<br />
isn’t just about describing the data – i.e., identifying their main themes and<br />
patterns. It also requires that you analyse/interpret your data – i.e., tell<br />
the assessors what these themes and patterns suggest about your research<br />
questions and the existing literature in the subject area;<br />
f) provides conclusions that follow from the data analysis and feasible<br />
recommendations that follow from the conclusions. In other words, avoid<br />
the temptation to conclude or make recommendations on the basis <strong>of</strong> what<br />
you think should be happening in this organisation/s, or to make wide<br />
ranging recommendations that your data don’t really permit. Ask yourself<br />
whether your data and your analysis actually support these conclusions/<br />
recommendations;<br />
g) <strong>of</strong>fers self-aware reflections. This is one <strong>of</strong> the sections students <strong>of</strong>ten<br />
neglect or, even worse, use to tell us how utterly perfect and marvellous their<br />
research is! Make sure that you have spent some time considering what you<br />
have learnt from the project process and in particular what you would do<br />
differently if you were to do it again;<br />
h) includes appendices which support the main text. Remember that really<br />
important items should be included in the main text rather than requiring<br />
frequent reference to the appendices, which can irritate readers. Appendices<br />
should also be mentioned at appropriate points in the text – and do not<br />
overdo them. The rule <strong>of</strong> thumb is, if the main text can survive without it,<br />
leave it out;<br />
i) accurate referencing throughout and a full list <strong>of</strong> references at the end.<br />
This is a matter <strong>of</strong> academic rigour, avoiding plagiarism and ensuring that we<br />
can follow up on any sources which interest us at a later date, as you already<br />
know;<br />
j) well written, logically structured, carefully presented. Leave enough time<br />
to do a thorough spell check as well as pro<strong>of</strong>reading for typographical<br />
mistakes, grammatical errors, logical problems etc;<br />
k) overall tells a story and is ‘topped and tailed’. Your project should read like<br />
an unfolding story as follows:<br />
What are my research questions and why are they important (introduction)?<br />
What’s the academic background to these questions (literature review)? how<br />
did I answer them and why did I do it this way (methodology)? What were<br />
the answers and how did I arrive at them (data analysis)? What does this say<br />
SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 7
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
overall about my research questions? how can this be applied in the real world<br />
and in general? how good a job did I do (conclusions, recommendations and<br />
reflections)?<br />
Topping and tailing refers to presenting each chapter in an introduction/<br />
discussion/summary format. So, in each chapter, tell us what you are going<br />
to do, do it, then remind us what you have done before going on to say what<br />
the next chapter will do.<br />
We have now come to the end <strong>of</strong> our first section, so a short summary is in order<br />
before moving on to Section 2.<br />
Summary<br />
i) Doing research involves systematically asking questions about things we are<br />
unsure about, which also <strong>of</strong>ten implies evaluation <strong>of</strong> the outcomes.<br />
ii) Methodology consists <strong>of</strong> an empirical action plan to enable us to answer<br />
those questions.<br />
iii) There are many reasons why we ask you to do an independent research<br />
project as part <strong>of</strong> your Diploma studies.<br />
iv) An empirical project must contain certain components, although not<br />
necessarily in the order outlined here.<br />
v) A good project also displays certain key characteristics, perhaps the most<br />
significant <strong>of</strong> which is the author’s enthusiasm for the project.<br />
� Key Reading<br />
� Tasks<br />
You should now visit <strong>Blackboard</strong> to identify the key reading from<br />
the companion text<strong>book</strong> and to complete the tasks for this section<br />
<strong>of</strong> the <strong>module</strong>. You may also wish to discuss these tasks with the<br />
tutor and other students on the relevant <strong>module</strong> support forum, but<br />
do remember that others may be progressing through the <strong>module</strong><br />
either more slowly or more quickly than you. Additional support<br />
material for this section can be found in the same section <strong>of</strong> the<br />
<strong>Blackboard</strong> <strong>module</strong> site.<br />
8 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
References<br />
The following are the sources which were used to compile this section. Chapters<br />
or excerpts are specified to suggest material which should be especially relevant to<br />
issues covered in the section.<br />
Blaxter, L., C. hughes and M. Tight (2001) How To Research 2 nd Edition. Buckingham:<br />
Open <strong>University</strong> Press chapter 1<br />
Bryman, A. and E. Bell (2007) Business Research Methods 2 nd Edition. Oxford: Oxford<br />
<strong>University</strong> Press pp. 74–77<br />
Easterby-Smith, M., R. Lowe and A. Thorpe (2008) Management Research 3 rd Edition.<br />
London: Sage chapters 1 and 2<br />
Robson, C. (2002) Real World Research: A Resource for Social Scientists and<br />
Practitioner-Researchers 2 nd Edition. Oxford: Blackwell chapter 1<br />
Saunders, M., P. Lewis and A. Thornhill (2009) Research Methods for Business Students<br />
5 th Edition. harlow: Financial Times Prentice hall chapter 1 and pp. 532–533<br />
Williams, M. and T. May (1996) Introduction to the Philosophy <strong>of</strong> Social Research<br />
London: UCL Press chapter 1<br />
SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 9
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
10 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT
Pr<strong>of</strong>essional management Project<br />
school <strong>of</strong> management<br />
section 2<br />
The Role <strong>of</strong> Existing Literature in<br />
Social Science Research
Pr<strong>of</strong>essional management Project<br />
school <strong>of</strong> management
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
SECTION 2<br />
The Role <strong>of</strong> Existing Literature in Social<br />
Science Research<br />
Learning Outcomes<br />
having studied this section <strong>of</strong> the <strong>module</strong>, you will be able to:<br />
• recognise the importance <strong>of</strong> a literature review<br />
• understand how to use other people’s research in order to<br />
determine how and where your work will fit into the current<br />
subject-specific literature<br />
• understand how to locate literature relevant to your research<br />
• outline the key aspects <strong>of</strong> compiling a literature review.<br />
Introduction<br />
Literature reviews are an essential part <strong>of</strong> any research whatsoever, but this section<br />
aims first to explain why you need to do one, before moving on to the best way to<br />
go about accessing relevant sources. We then <strong>of</strong>fer some advice on note-taking and<br />
subsequently on putting the finished product together.<br />
Why Do You Need to Do a Literature Review?<br />
To Refine Your Research Questions<br />
Obviously by the time you come to read the subject-specific literature you will have<br />
an idea <strong>of</strong> your research topic (see Section 3), because without one you wouldn’t<br />
know which body <strong>of</strong> literature to access! however, reviewing this literature in<br />
the first instance also allows you to identify specific concepts, theories, models<br />
and findings to explore. In other words, what precisely is it about organisational<br />
structure, organisational culture, relationship marketing, charismatic leadership,<br />
stress, productivity, employee motivation, the supply chain, auditing or whatever else<br />
that you want to research? In fact, helpfully, the available literature <strong>of</strong>ten explicitly<br />
suggests directions for future research – especially at the end <strong>of</strong> journal articles.<br />
SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 11
To Contextualise Your Research Topic<br />
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
In the finished project, the literature review allows you to inform your assessors about<br />
how your research fits into what has been previously published on the topic. It should<br />
outline the existing ideas and themes that you want to focus on in your work, and<br />
therefore identify relevant academic material which will be used in analysing your<br />
specific empirical site. So in this regard you are locating your research in the context<br />
<strong>of</strong> the existing body <strong>of</strong> knowledge on the topic, whatever that might be.<br />
To Enhance/Demonstrate Your Subject-Specific Knowledge<br />
We have discussed why we see subject-specific knowledge as so important to you<br />
as students <strong>of</strong> management in Section 1. however, you also have to demonstrate<br />
to your assessors that you have a reasonable grasp <strong>of</strong> the relevant subject-specific<br />
literature in order to convince them that your research has been carried out with a<br />
degree <strong>of</strong> academic rigour, and that it is underpinned with the appropriate level <strong>of</strong><br />
effort and endeavour.<br />
To Identify Your Contribution<br />
Related to what we have said above, an effective literature review helps you to avoid<br />
simply repeating existing studies because it identifies the limitations and gaps in the<br />
existing literature. Your project should aim to address these limitations and gaps<br />
either empirically or by evaluating or synthesising literature in new ways. Making a<br />
contribution means researching something which has not been studied before or has<br />
not been studied very extensively, adding to or extending what already exists on the<br />
topic, combining bodies <strong>of</strong> thought or viewpoints in different ways, researching a<br />
topic in an unusual way etc. It is a requirement in PhD theses but, to a lesser extent,<br />
in Master’s dissertations and Diploma projects as well. Original work does not just<br />
rehearse old arguments to reach already established conclusions. It avoids well worn<br />
topics and/or uses samples which have not been researched in detail before and/or<br />
employs unconventional research methods. And it will always be more sympathetically<br />
received by your assessors!<br />
To Help You Decide on Your Methodology and Methods<br />
Reading the available literature in a particular subject area may also help with your<br />
methodological decisions. This can take two forms – first, there may be a tried and<br />
tested methodology which is effectively the ‘standard’ in a particular area <strong>of</strong> research<br />
and which you can justify using on that basis. Second, and alternatively, it may be<br />
that most or all researchers in a subject area use one particular methodology but you<br />
feel you can make a contribution as above, and look at the subject from a new angle<br />
by choosing a different methodological approach. For example, one <strong>of</strong> the authors <strong>of</strong><br />
this <strong>book</strong> decided to use semi-structured interviews in her doctoral research on sexual<br />
harassment, because once she had read a range <strong>of</strong> the available literature on this<br />
topic it became clear that most sexual harassment researchers used self-administered<br />
questionnaires (SAQs).<br />
12 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
To Ensure Your Research is <strong>of</strong> Contemporary Interest<br />
Your literature review also allows you to ensure that your work will be seen as significant<br />
by today’s management academics and practitioners, if it is done effectively and is<br />
brought right up to date. You should also make sure that you check on a regular basis<br />
to see if there have been any significant new publications in your area, especially in<br />
academic journals, after you have compiled your first good draft <strong>of</strong> the literature<br />
review.<br />
One <strong>final</strong> point before we move to how you might actually locate relevant literature is<br />
a clarification <strong>of</strong> the distinction between a literature review and the use <strong>of</strong> secondary<br />
data in empirical studies. As suggested in the introduction and Section 1, some <strong>of</strong><br />
you will be using secondary data to answer your research questions – i.e., data that<br />
already exist, that someone else has collected. But there is a key difference between<br />
a literature review and the use <strong>of</strong> secondary data in projects. A literature review<br />
summarises the academic material on the subject area in terms <strong>of</strong> setting the context<br />
for your project and clarifying your contribution, as discussed above. It therefore<br />
forms part <strong>of</strong> the background to your research questions. Which area/s <strong>of</strong> the<br />
academic literature are you deriving your inspiration from? Which gaps or omissions<br />
in this material is your research intended to address? A literature review <strong>of</strong>ten makes<br />
reference to other people’s empirical data and findings in setting this context. It<br />
should usually precede your methodological discussion and your data analysis, as in<br />
the conventional project structure laid out in Section 1.<br />
Data analysis which makes use <strong>of</strong> secondary data on the other hand deploys such<br />
data as a direct means to answer your research questions – i.e., as empirical data,<br />
not as background or context as above. This material should, as also outlined in<br />
Section 1, follow the methodology and precede the conclusions, recommendations<br />
and reflections. There are different emphases here in terms <strong>of</strong> how other people’s<br />
data might be used in a project. Please do not make the mistake <strong>of</strong> referring to the<br />
literature review as a research method. If you are confused about the difference,<br />
think about how you are using the data in question. Is it simply to set the scene for<br />
the research you are doing (literature review) or are you actually taking someone<br />
else’s data and analysing them in a new way (secondary data)?<br />
To summarise the above points, the important thing to remember is that<br />
“Knowledge does not exist in a vacuum, and your work only has value in<br />
relation to other people’s. Your work and your findings will be significant<br />
only to the extent that they are the same as, or different from, other<br />
people’s work and findings.” (Jankowicz 2005:162)<br />
In terms <strong>of</strong> locating relevant sources for your literature review, we are now going to<br />
direct you back to the guidance we provided in your Foundations <strong>of</strong> Management<br />
<strong>module</strong> <strong>book</strong>. Re-read Section 4 on Learning Resources there before you proceed<br />
with this <strong>module</strong> <strong>book</strong>.<br />
SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 13
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
Additional Guidance on Finding Subject-Specific Literature<br />
Most literature searches will start with a broad and non-selective process which<br />
Easterby-Smith et al. (2008:34), following Selvin and Stuart, call ‘trawling’: “a wide<br />
overall review <strong>of</strong> the literature in a specific field”. This should involve as comprehensive<br />
an overview as you can manage <strong>of</strong> the relevant material to ensure breadth <strong>of</strong> coverage.<br />
As you proceed through the project and your focus and ideas become clearer, you<br />
will probably need to ‘fish’ for specific issues, theories etc. about which you want to<br />
know more. This Easterby-Smith et al. (2008:34, again following Selvin and Stuart)<br />
explain as follows: “[the researcher] know[s] exactly the articles that they want and<br />
simply need[s] to collect these”.<br />
You can start trawling by using ULSM reading lists from the <strong>module</strong>s you have already<br />
studied on the Diploma. But you will also need to do your own searches to make<br />
your review as comprehensive as possible, and therefore to be familiar with relevant<br />
<strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Leicester</strong> resources like the online library databases etc. – as <strong>of</strong> course<br />
you should be by now. Identification <strong>of</strong> key authors and seminal contributions is<br />
especially helpful at the start <strong>of</strong> the process. For example, a project on organisational<br />
structure would be expected to make reference to the very important, if controversial,<br />
work <strong>of</strong> Max Weber on bureaucracy. Similarly, a project on cross-cultural differences in<br />
employee behaviour would be expected to note and discuss the (equally controversial)<br />
work <strong>of</strong> Geert h<strong>of</strong>stede in this regard 1 . Review articles also appear from time to time<br />
in the academic management journals, discussing a particular body <strong>of</strong> literature and<br />
the relevant developments in this area – again these are good resources for starting<br />
your literature review. And <strong>of</strong> course you can (and should) follow up references from<br />
texts you have already read by using the bibliographies in those texts.<br />
If you are having difficulty finding material which is specific to your needs, consider<br />
broadening your parameters. First, you are free to use literature which has been<br />
published in languages other than English for your project, as long as it is relevant<br />
to your research, as well as being a robust source in its own right. Of course you will<br />
need to translate both the ideas in these texts (including direct quotations) and the<br />
necessary references into English in the finished product, whilst indicating that these<br />
are your translations from Greek, Cantonese, German etc. Second, many <strong>of</strong> you will<br />
find a lot <strong>of</strong> useful material in other social science and humanities disciplines – like<br />
sociology, psychology, media studies, cultural studies, history, philosophy, politics,<br />
international relations, anthropology etc. In other words,<br />
“[y]ou should not be limited by the research (and research questions)<br />
current in the specific field you are researching. Researchers in other<br />
fields and from other disciplines may well be wrestling with problems<br />
similar to yours, or from which useful parallels can be drawn.”<br />
(Robson 2002:57)<br />
1 Further to this, if an issue or author like this is central to your research, then<br />
we would expect you to read the relevant original – not just to rely on how other<br />
authors describe this work.<br />
14 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
Third, as a hypothetical example, say you want to do research on charismatic<br />
leadership in hotels, but can’t find much literature on this issue. So you could look<br />
for literature that deals with charismatic leadership in other business sectors, and<br />
draw the relevant parallels to the hotel sector as well as acknowledging the probable<br />
differences. Fourth, again, there may be very little on the recruitment and selection<br />
<strong>of</strong> information technology pr<strong>of</strong>essionals in China (your hypothetical chosen subject),<br />
but perhaps there is lots <strong>of</strong> material on the same subject in other geographical areas<br />
– the UK or the US for example. Once more, the relevant parallels can be drawn, and<br />
differences identified. And remember that, if there isn’t very much on your specific<br />
topic area, this suggests you have been successful in identifying something which is<br />
genuinely original!<br />
Some Tips on Electronic Searching<br />
Remembering the note <strong>of</strong> caution we attached to Internet searches in the Foundations<br />
<strong>of</strong> Management <strong>module</strong> <strong>book</strong>, here are three additional tips to assist you with electronic<br />
searches. First, using various ways to describe the topic helps to ensure your search.<br />
One example is that a search for material on downsizing might also include the use<br />
<strong>of</strong> search terms like ‘redundancy’ or even ‘derecruitment’. Second, remember that<br />
there is UK English and US English. Not only do UK English and American English<br />
spell words differently (e.g., the UK ‘behaviour’ and the US ‘behavior’), but they also<br />
use different words for the same thing (e.g., a UK chemist is a US drug store). If you<br />
don’t have any luck with one version <strong>of</strong> English in a particular search, try the other<br />
version. Third, a search facility might not recognise acronyms or abbreviations like<br />
ICI or TQM or BPR, depending on how it has been programmed.<br />
Finally remember that, for general enquiries concerning the <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong><br />
<strong>Leicester</strong> Library and its services for distance learners, please complete the online<br />
enquiry form at<br />
http://www.le.ac.uk/li/distance/enquiry/reference_form.htm<br />
If you require help in finding subject information, you can also e-mail Andrew Dunn,<br />
our Management Information Librarian, direct at ad158@le.ac.uk<br />
OK, so let’s imagine you are now sitting down to read all <strong>of</strong> the <strong>book</strong>s, journal<br />
articles, reports, conference proceedings, newspaper articles etc. that your extensive<br />
and comprehensive search has gathered. This can be a very daunting task indeed, so<br />
how should you go about it?<br />
SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 15
Using the Literature<br />
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
As implied above, putting together a literature review entails you reading the relevant<br />
material and drafting a review fairly early on in the project process, but doing further<br />
searches to update your review and ensure it is as comprehensive as possible as<br />
you go along. Especially keep an eye out for new journal papers, <strong>book</strong>s, newspaper<br />
articles etc., as we have said above.<br />
Taking Notes<br />
We also covered note-taking in Foundations <strong>of</strong> Management, <strong>of</strong> course. however,<br />
here is some extended and developed guidance on this issue, some <strong>of</strong> which repeats<br />
material presented there.<br />
When taking notes for your literature review, you need to read as widely as possible,<br />
but also to be selective. In other words, you may well gather material, particularly<br />
if you are trawling, that isn’t very relevant to your purposes. So before you start to<br />
read, look at the title, the back cover ‘blurb’ and/or the introduction if it is a <strong>book</strong>,<br />
or the abstract if it is a journal article. Ask yourself the following questions:<br />
• does this source relate to my research interests – is the context or content<br />
relevant to what I am researching? (if yes, then you should read it);<br />
• might it have been superseded by something more recent? (in which case try<br />
and find more up-to-date sources);<br />
• or is it a ‘classic’ or seminal text? (in which case you should read it); and<br />
• do other authors refer to it frequently? (in which case it is probably considered<br />
to be a classic text, or at least an important contribution to the area).<br />
Also note Robson’s (2002:52) observation that “My experience has been that quite<br />
<strong>of</strong>ten when key words have indicated a specific journal article, adjacent articles in<br />
the same journal have been <strong>of</strong> greater interest or relevance.” Further, with regard to<br />
<strong>book</strong>s, use the contents pages and the index. Don’t just start at page 1 and keep<br />
reading until the end <strong>of</strong> the <strong>book</strong> – use the contents and index to ensure that you<br />
read the parts or chapters that are relevant to your project.<br />
When you have decided what to read and you are actually beginning the note-taking<br />
process, make sure you keep your research questions in mind. Keep asking yourself<br />
‘Can I use this material to explore my area <strong>of</strong> interest, and if so how?’ Record stuff<br />
which is relevant, not everything every author says. Even if you have chosen your<br />
texts carefully, not everything you read in every source is going to be pertinent to<br />
your area <strong>of</strong> interest. And write notes in your own words as far as possible. If you<br />
do want to use the author’s own words, then make sure you record the relevant<br />
section as a direct quotation using quotation marks, and take the page number<br />
down. Failure to do this could mean you being accused <strong>of</strong> plagiarism because chunks<br />
16 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
<strong>of</strong> other people’s words will probably end up without the appropriate attributions<br />
in your work. Plus remember that we are more interested in your words than other<br />
people’s as it is your words that prove you understand what you are talking about!<br />
Another important ‘to do’ when note-taking is to record all the relevant details for<br />
referencing purposes as you make your notes from each text – e.g., page numbers<br />
for direct quotations (as suggested above) and dates accessed for Internet sites. It’s<br />
also a good idea to compile a ‘running’ bibliography/list <strong>of</strong> references, adding to this<br />
as you read each text, to avoid a mad panic just before submission when you can’t<br />
find details for some <strong>of</strong> the texts that you have used!<br />
An additional top tip for note-taking is to formulate a working structure for your<br />
literature review as you read because<br />
“[t]rying to read everything then trying to write it up is a daunting task<br />
… it is unlikely you will appreciate the significance or possible location<br />
in the review <strong>of</strong> what you have read without some point <strong>of</strong> reference<br />
provided by a working structure.” (Gill and Johnson 2002:26)<br />
So think about how the text you are reading compares to others you have read. What<br />
are the main themes, concepts or claims that are emerging? What are the areas <strong>of</strong><br />
agreement and disagreement between different authors in this regard? If you do<br />
this then you should be able to develop your notes into an effective literature review.<br />
It is really important to remember that the literature review is just that; a review. In<br />
other words, it should not be a list <strong>of</strong> authors or texts which reads ‘X says, Y says, Z<br />
says’. The idea is to present an overview <strong>of</strong> the literature which deals systematically<br />
with the main themes, concepts, claims and areas <strong>of</strong> agreement or disagreement<br />
between authors in this body <strong>of</strong> material.<br />
Below you can find an example <strong>of</strong> what we mean by this systematic overview,<br />
using the literature on whether men and women manage differently. A review <strong>of</strong><br />
this literature would require you to have identified the two broad ‘camps’ in the<br />
available academic literature and therefore to organise your review in something like<br />
this format.<br />
SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 17
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
Example 2.1: Sample (brief) literature review on gender and<br />
management styles<br />
There are two distinct camps in the gender and management styles<br />
literature, and I will review each in turn here. ‘Camp 1’ suggests that<br />
men and women manage differently because they are socialised<br />
differently. Rosener (1990) for example asked managers to describe<br />
their managerial style. her findings show that men said they adopted a<br />
‘transactional’ leadership style, based on the principle <strong>of</strong> exchange – in<br />
other words they gave their staff rewards or punishment for work done<br />
well or badly. These men also reported that they relied on positional<br />
authority in order to manage others – e.g., telling staff that they had to<br />
obey orders because they came from a manager. Women on the other<br />
hand reportedly used ‘transformational’ leadership – motivating staff<br />
through persuading them to commit to group/organisational goals,<br />
encouraging them to participate in decision-making, managing through<br />
personal qualities rather than by position, and trying to make staff feel<br />
good about themselves. Rosener also says these gender differences in<br />
management style are due to the differences in the ways boys and girls<br />
are brought up, and she concludes that transformational/‘feminine’<br />
leadership is likely to be more successful in economically turbulent times<br />
than the transactional/’masculine’ style. In her 1997 <strong>book</strong> she extends<br />
this argument by suggesting that an important way <strong>of</strong> maintaining<br />
America’s corporate success and global competitiveness is to put<br />
women in senior positions in organisations, because their management<br />
style increases productivity, innovation and thereby pr<strong>of</strong>its through their<br />
aptitude for ambiguity and willingness to empower others.<br />
In summarising the available research on gender and management<br />
styles, Fagenson (1993) agrees with Rosener that the evidence indicates<br />
women prefer a transformational, interdependent style <strong>of</strong> leadership,<br />
instead <strong>of</strong> using status (like men). helgesen (1995) echoes Rosener<br />
and Fagenson – her research suggests that gendered management<br />
styles develop as a result <strong>of</strong> differential socialisation, and that women<br />
managers are consequently better at developing creativity, co-operation<br />
and intuition in others than men. Fagenson also emphasises women’s<br />
preference for managing via relationships as opposed to hierarchical<br />
position, and says that women listen and empathize much more<br />
than men. Again she asserts that feminine leadership ‘principles’ are<br />
becoming more influential because they suit today’s corporate realm<br />
better than male ‘warrior values’.<br />
‘Camp 2’ however suggests that, if men and women do manage<br />
differently, it is not just because <strong>of</strong> gender socialisation. Epstein (1991:<br />
151) points out that her own data from the legal pr<strong>of</strong>ession and indeed<br />
her own experiences suggest women frequently display ‘combative’,<br />
‘punitive’ and ‘authoritarian’ (i.e., ‘masculine’) behaviour. She<br />
18 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
also notes ‘in-work’ variables like organisational size and culture as<br />
influencing management style, plus draws our attention to additional<br />
non-organisational variables in this regard like age, class and ethnic<br />
differences. Cohen (1991) says Rosener overlooks the fact that many<br />
<strong>of</strong> her female managers were responsible for pr<strong>of</strong>essional staff who<br />
probably disliked a very directive, ‘masculine’ managerial approach.<br />
And if we overemphasise gender differences in management theorising,<br />
asks Gherardi (1995), how can we account for those men who prefer to<br />
manage in more democratic ways – like the 52% <strong>of</strong> male managers who<br />
said they preferred to use teamwork and a participative management<br />
style when surveyed by the British Institute <strong>of</strong> Management? White’s<br />
(1995) research into female executives also suggests these women were<br />
more different in their approach to leadership than they were similar.<br />
White attributes these differences to varying ages, experiences and<br />
expectations amongst this group.<br />
however, it is ‘camp 1’ that predominates. In other words, most writers<br />
on gender and management argue that there are gender differences<br />
in management style. This is despite the fact that “the majority <strong>of</strong> the<br />
academic empirical work supports the no-or-little-difference thesis”<br />
(Alvesson and Billing 1997:145 – emphasis added).<br />
So, having seen what the finished product might look like, let’s dwell a little further<br />
on writing up a literature review.<br />
Compiling a Literature Review<br />
When drafting and redrafting, again focus on your research questions and remember<br />
the literature review should be organised around themes, not presented as a list. In<br />
other words you need to avoid a review which looks like<br />
“the furniture sale catalogue, in which everything merits a one paragraph<br />
entry no matter how skilfully it has been conducted: Bloggs (1975)<br />
found this, Smith (1976) found that, Jones (1977) found the other,<br />
Bloggs, Smith and Jones (1978) found happiness in heaven.” (haywood<br />
and Wragg, cited in Bell 2005:100)<br />
Also make sure you cover all sides <strong>of</strong> the relevant arguments. In the example using<br />
the gender and management styles literature above, this review establishes that<br />
some authors believe there are gender differences in the ways that men and women<br />
manage, while others disagree, but that the ‘differences’ camp predominates despite<br />
the bulk <strong>of</strong> empirical evidence.<br />
SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 19
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
In terms <strong>of</strong> structuring the finished version 2 , move from the general to the specific<br />
as follows. Begin with a short introduction laying out what the chapter will do – that<br />
is, give it a ‘top’ as discussed in Section 1. Then move to the main ideas, concepts<br />
and theories in the available literature – <strong>of</strong>fer the kind <strong>of</strong> summary that would be<br />
found in the text<strong>book</strong>s in the subject area. Summarise and contrast these key ideas<br />
then narrow down to more specific ideas; those most relevant to your research.<br />
here you will need to go beyond the text<strong>book</strong> coverage, and use the research texts<br />
(monographs, edited <strong>book</strong>s, journal articles etc.) to provide the necessary detail<br />
and complexity. highlight the areas where your research will contribute. That is,<br />
identify the weaknesses and gaps in the existing literature which your research will<br />
address empirically, or the new ways in which you will combine or evaluate literature/s.<br />
And <strong>final</strong>ly <strong>of</strong>fer a summary so as to provide a bridge to your methodology and data<br />
analysis chapters. So give your literature review a ‘tail’ – summarise the key points<br />
from the review and then suggest that these issues will form the basis for your own<br />
data gathering, as discussed in the methodology and data analysis chapters which<br />
follow.<br />
As the above suggests then, remember that:<br />
“you would also expect to return to the literature during the discussion<br />
and conclusion sections <strong>of</strong> your project report. You will want to present<br />
the significance <strong>of</strong> your empirical findings in the light <strong>of</strong> other people’s<br />
work and you will want to draw on other authors in arguing for the<br />
recommendations which you wish to make in the light <strong>of</strong> your findings.”<br />
(Jankowicz 2005:162)<br />
As suggested in the introduction and earlier in this section, you need to refer back<br />
to the literature review in your data analysis, so as to compare your work to other<br />
research as well as suggesting how the data answer your research questions. Do they<br />
confirm, amend or differ from the findings <strong>of</strong> other researchers? See Example 2.2<br />
below for an illustration <strong>of</strong> what we mean here.<br />
2 Also see Jankowicz (2005:164) for a useful example from an imaginary MBA<br />
project on leadership training in negotiation and sense-making skills.<br />
20 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
Example 2.2: An illustration <strong>of</strong> how literature is used in data analysis<br />
In halme’s (2000) research on ‘environmental learning’ in organisations,<br />
she conducted research at two Finnish firms – a packaging manufacturer<br />
and a paper maker. halme starts from the premise that the natural<br />
environment (e.g., resources like oil, gas, wood and water) has<br />
traditionally not been taken into account when strategic decisions<br />
have been made, because senior managers have tended to assume this<br />
environment is simply there to be exploited and that their primary focus<br />
should be on making pr<strong>of</strong>it. But this mindset is changing, so halme is<br />
interested in how senior managers start to include environmental values<br />
as a matter <strong>of</strong> course in their decision-making.<br />
halme is very careful to return to her earlier review <strong>of</strong> the relevant<br />
literature in her conclusions. She summarises this literature as arguing<br />
that “corporations must learn new ecocentric paradigms before they can<br />
be expected to produce environmentally sound performance” (halme<br />
2000:1087). her data on the other hand indicate that “cognitive-level<br />
environmental change does not inevitably precede behaviour change”<br />
(halme 2000:1087). So her Finnish managers learnt to be ‘environmentally<br />
friendly’ in their decisions by starting to take environmentally friendly<br />
decisions – i.e., they learnt by doing, as opposed to learning first and<br />
then doing. halme’s findings therefore differ from the orthodox wisdom<br />
in this area <strong>of</strong> management literature, and her data analysis makes this<br />
explicit.<br />
Finally, ULSM assessors want to see three main things in your literature review.<br />
First we are looking for evidence <strong>of</strong> reading: have you accessed and referred to<br />
the key texts, theories, concepts, models and findings? Is your review reasonably<br />
comprehensive and up to date? Second, have you understood what you have read?<br />
The aforementioned comparative, thematic approach is the key here, as is writing<br />
in your own words! Third, you need to evaluate the literature. how well do the<br />
various authors make their cases? What have they overlooked? What problematic<br />
assumptions do they make? Do they only use a narrow range <strong>of</strong> methods? Is their<br />
evidence convincing? Does this research tend to concern only a specific group <strong>of</strong><br />
people or a specific geographical or organisational context? And how does all <strong>of</strong> this<br />
relate to your work? Evaluation thus leads into establishing your contribution as also<br />
discussed above. In summary,<br />
“What is required [from a literature review] is an insightful evaluation<br />
<strong>of</strong> what is known which leads naturally to a clarification <strong>of</strong> the gaps in<br />
the field and the way in which the proposed research is intended to fill<br />
them.” (Gill and Johnson 2002:26)<br />
NB you will also need to read the relevant literature to plan and write up your<br />
methodology, and make reference to this literature in the requisite places in your<br />
SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 21
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
project – especially the methodology chapter, as also suggested in the introduction<br />
to this <strong>book</strong>.<br />
Summary<br />
i) Literature reviews are important in the Diploma project process for a variety<br />
<strong>of</strong> reasons.<br />
ii) There are a variety <strong>of</strong> different sources for subject-specific literature.<br />
iii) Your literature search will typically start wide and become more narrow as it<br />
proceeds.<br />
iv) When taking notes from the literature, keep your main purpose in mind.<br />
v) A literature review needs to be appropriately structured and to demonstrate<br />
reading, understanding and evaluation.<br />
vi) You should return to the literature you have reviewed in your data analysis to<br />
suggest how your findings relate to the existing body <strong>of</strong> knowledge in this<br />
regard, as well as how they answer your research question(/s).<br />
� Key Reading<br />
� Tasks<br />
You should now visit <strong>Blackboard</strong> to identify the key reading from<br />
the companion text<strong>book</strong> and to complete the tasks for this section<br />
<strong>of</strong> the <strong>module</strong>. You may also wish to discuss these tasks with the<br />
tutor and other students on the relevant <strong>module</strong> support forum, but<br />
do remember that others may be progressing through the <strong>module</strong><br />
either more slowly or more quickly than you. Additional support<br />
material for this section can be found in the same section <strong>of</strong> the<br />
<strong>Blackboard</strong> <strong>module</strong> site.<br />
References<br />
The following are the sources which were used to compile this section. Chapters<br />
or excerpts are specified to suggest material which should be especially relevant to<br />
issues covered in the section.<br />
Alvesson, M. and Y.D. Billing (1997) Understanding Gender and Organizations London:<br />
Sage chapter 6<br />
22 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
Bell, J. (2005) Doing Your Research Project 4 th Edition. Buckingham: Open <strong>University</strong><br />
Press chapter 6<br />
Blaxter, L., C. hughes and M. Tight (2001) How To Research 2 nd Edition. Buckingham:<br />
Open <strong>University</strong> Press chapter 4<br />
Bryman, A. and E. Bell (2007) Business Research Methods 2 nd Edition. Oxford: Oxford<br />
<strong>University</strong> Press chapter 4<br />
Easterby-Smith, M., R. Lowe and A. Thorpe (2008) Management Research 3 rd Edition.<br />
London: Sage chapter 3<br />
Fagenson, E.A. (1993) Diversity in management: introduction and the importance<br />
<strong>of</strong> women in management’ in E.A. Fagenson (ed.) Women in Management: Trends,<br />
Issues and Challenges in Managerial Diversity London: Sage pp. 3–15<br />
Foucault, M. (1986) The Foucault Reader P. Rabinow (ed.) harmondsworth: Penguin<br />
Gherardi, S. (1995) Gender, Symbolism and Organisational Cultures London: Sage<br />
Gill, J. and P. Johnson (2002) Research Methods for Managers 3 rd Edition. London:<br />
Sage chapter 2<br />
halme, M. (2002) ‘Corporate environmental paradigms in shift: learning during the<br />
course <strong>of</strong> action at UPM-Kymmene’ Journal <strong>of</strong> Management Studies 39(8):1087–1109<br />
Harvard Business Review (1991) ‘Debate: ways men and women lead’ January–<br />
February: 151–160. It incorporates Cohen, A.R. (p. 158); Epstein, C.F. (pp. 150–151)<br />
helgesen, S. (1995) The Female Advantage: Women’s Ways <strong>of</strong> Leadership New York:<br />
Currency/Doubleday<br />
Jankowicz, A.D. (2005) Business Research Projects 4 th Edition. London: Thomson<br />
Learning chapter 7<br />
Lechner, F.J and J. Boli (eds.) (2004) The Globalization Reader Malden, Massachusetts:<br />
Blackwell<br />
Robson, C. (2002) Real World Research: A Resource for Social Scientists and<br />
Practitioner-Researchers 2 nd Edition. Oxford: Blackwell pp. 45–65<br />
Rosener, J.B. (1990) ‘Ways women lead’ Harvard Business Review November–<br />
December: 119–125<br />
Rosener, J.B. (1997) America’s Competitive Secret : Women Managers Oxford: Oxford<br />
<strong>University</strong> Press<br />
SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 23
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
Saunders, M., P. Lewis and A. Thornhill (2009) Research Methods for Business Students<br />
5 th Edition. harlow: Financial Times Prentice hall chapter 3<br />
White, J. (1995) Leading in their own ways: women chief executives in local<br />
government’ in C. Itzin and J. Newman (eds.) Gender, Culture and Organizational<br />
Change: Putting Theory into Practice London: Routledge pp. 193–210<br />
24 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT
Pr<strong>of</strong>essional management Project<br />
school <strong>of</strong> management<br />
section 3<br />
Formulating Research Questions
Pr<strong>of</strong>essional management Project<br />
school <strong>of</strong> management
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
SECTION 3<br />
Formulating Research Questions<br />
Learning Outcomes<br />
having studied this section <strong>of</strong> the <strong>module</strong> you will be able to:<br />
• recognise the difference between your research topic and your<br />
research question(s)<br />
• understand how personal interest should affect your decision(s)<br />
• recognise the benefit <strong>of</strong> keeping an open mind about where your<br />
research might take you<br />
• understand the value <strong>of</strong> flexibility and feasibility, and how they<br />
will help you maintain focus.<br />
Introduction<br />
It is crucially important that you select a well focused and thought out research<br />
question(/s), and that you have a clear rationale for why this question(/s) is important.<br />
Indeed one <strong>of</strong> the major deficiencies we see in students’ research projects is a lack <strong>of</strong><br />
clarity as to what is being researched and why this question(/s) is significant. So let’s<br />
delve a little further into the challenges <strong>of</strong> formulating effective research questions.<br />
Research Topics versus Research Questions<br />
Your research topic or area is not the same thing as your research questions. The<br />
topic might be (here goes with that list again!) organisational structure, organisational<br />
culture, relationship marketing, charismatic leadership, stress, productivity, employee<br />
motivation, the supply chain, auditing … or whatever. Your research questions,<br />
however, indicate gaps or uncertainties in our knowledge about a specific topic<br />
– they should aim to discover things that we do not know already. Remember<br />
that, as we established in Section 1, “[t]o ‘research’ is to seek answers that involve<br />
understanding and explanation” (Williams and May 1996:7 – emphasis added).<br />
To give a concrete example, your topic might be work-life balance. The sector you are<br />
interested in might be the British financial services industry, and you are also keen to<br />
research managers as opposed to other groups <strong>of</strong> workers. Your research question,<br />
SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 25
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
which indicates what you want to find out about this topic, might therefore be<br />
posed as follows:<br />
• To what extent is work-life balance a problem issue for British male managers<br />
in the financial services industry as compared to British female managers?<br />
This is interesting because the vast majority <strong>of</strong> the relevant literature discusses worklife<br />
balance as a problem that is experienced mainly by women – due to the fact<br />
that in heterosexual partnerships women still retain most <strong>of</strong> the responsibility for<br />
domestic labour and childcare, even if they work full-time.<br />
Sub-questions, which are advisable because they narrow the focus <strong>of</strong> the project<br />
even more, could then become:<br />
• Do British male managers in this industry report experiencing difficulties in<br />
achieving work-life balance? If so, what are the causes? And what might the<br />
solutions be?<br />
• To what extent do British male managers in this industry see work-life balance<br />
as a significant source <strong>of</strong> stress? If so, what are the implications for their<br />
health, quality <strong>of</strong> life and performance at work?<br />
Please note that the more you can narrow the research questions down – to country<br />
<strong>of</strong> focus, respondent group, sector/industry/organisation etc. – the better and the<br />
easier your research will be. We return to this issue below.<br />
Now let’s move on to the things you need to consider in choosing a topic, and<br />
putting research questions together.<br />
What To Think About in Topic and Question Selection<br />
Personal Interest<br />
The first and most vital issue here is to make sure the topic and question(/s) are<br />
<strong>of</strong> personal interest. You need to select a focus which will hold your interest<br />
throughout the duration <strong>of</strong> the project process. We also drew your attention to this<br />
in Section 1. So you might choose a topic/questions based on your own (work/<br />
non-work) experience – e.g., Fantasia wrote about worker solidarity in the US as<br />
a result <strong>of</strong> working at a small iron foundry when a wildcat strike occurred (cited in<br />
Robson 2002:49). One <strong>of</strong> the authors <strong>of</strong> this <strong>module</strong> <strong>book</strong> has studied the body in<br />
organisations for an extended period <strong>of</strong> time because she is extremely body conscious<br />
herself! Or perhaps you have been particularly attracted to an issue covered in one<br />
<strong>of</strong> your Diploma <strong>module</strong>s, or there is a current news story in your country to do<br />
with an aspect <strong>of</strong> management which has caught your eye. Alternatively, you may<br />
wish to do something influenced by your political or moral beliefs – e.g., a study <strong>of</strong><br />
environmental management if you are a member <strong>of</strong> Greenpeace.<br />
26 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
Keeping an Open Mind about Findings, Methods and Data Analysis<br />
Although as we have said above it is crucial that you choose a topic and question/s<br />
that interest you, so you can keep your interest and motivation going, it is also very<br />
important that you do not pre-judge your findings, or allow your interest or expertise<br />
in a particular method or approach to analysing data to influence the research question<br />
that you select. First you need to keep an open mind about what the answer to your<br />
research question/s might be, because otherwise your preconceptions will mean you<br />
are likely to ignore important data or to misinterpret the data that you do gather.<br />
Second, research methods and data analysis techniques should be chosen to fit the<br />
research topic, not the other way around.<br />
Using the Subject-Specific Literature<br />
Once you have decided on a topic area, it is a good idea to look at the subjectspecific<br />
literature for suggestions for future research. As Section 2 establishes, this<br />
material may actually outline questions which still need to be answered about the<br />
relevant topic. A critical review <strong>of</strong> the literature also allows you to spot gaps and<br />
weaknesses. We have mentioned the idea <strong>of</strong> making a contribution several times<br />
already in this <strong>module</strong> <strong>book</strong>, and a discerning scan <strong>of</strong> the literature allows you to see<br />
where you might be able to add something new by looking at something that hasn’t<br />
been studied before, by using an unusual method, by gathering data from a different<br />
kind <strong>of</strong> sample or by bringing together and/or evaluating literature in a novel way.<br />
It also allows you to ensure your research question is <strong>of</strong> contemporary relevance –<br />
something in which today’s management academics and managers themselves will<br />
be interested (as already discussed in Section 1).<br />
Ensuring ‘Real World Value’<br />
Again we have alluded to this issue in Section 1. ‘Real world value’ is Robson’s<br />
(2002:56) term – he adapts it from Campbell et al. They refer to successful management<br />
research having relevance or usefulness to managers, to its potential to address<br />
specific organisational problems or improve organisational processes or procedures.<br />
Not only does this mean that the research has a use beyond adding to academic<br />
knowledge but it might also give something back to the organisation/s where you are<br />
doing the research, and/or which is sponsoring you. It might also make access easier<br />
if you can promise some kind <strong>of</strong> report which will make specific recommendations<br />
for organisational improvements (more on this in Section 6). But do remember that<br />
you are not acting as a consultant or aiming to produce a management report: your<br />
project must address issues <strong>of</strong> academic significance and be written according to<br />
academic protocol, as (once more) we established in Section 1.<br />
Brainstorm It<br />
Again this is something that we discussed in Foundations <strong>of</strong> Management, but<br />
brainstorming can also be used to come up with research questions. Gill and Johnson<br />
(2002:19) give a useful example around the topic <strong>of</strong> managerial stress. Remember<br />
you can brainstorm with others or alone. The process is to write down any questions<br />
SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 27
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
as they come to mind, however silly they may seem, under a broad topic heading.<br />
Only when you have run out <strong>of</strong> ideas should you start to evaluate them in terms <strong>of</strong><br />
how effective they are likely to prove as research questions.<br />
Focus and Feasibility<br />
Focus and feasibility are also really important. Students <strong>of</strong>ten make the mistake <strong>of</strong><br />
choosing research questions which are much too broad. This means that you will not<br />
have the time or the necessary resources in terms <strong>of</strong> money or equipment to actually<br />
find out the answers to these questions. You need to keep your questions as narrow<br />
as possible – think about the range <strong>of</strong> literature you will have to consult and the<br />
variety <strong>of</strong> data you will need to collect - do you have time? Do you have the necessary<br />
money and equipment? Are the literature and data you need likely to be available to<br />
you? Can you do analytical justice to them even if they are? 3<br />
Gill and Johnson (2002:16) give the example <strong>of</strong> a project seeking to compare the role<br />
<strong>of</strong> human Resource departments in the UK and the US. But, say you were a UK-based<br />
student, how would you get the US data? If you can’t use questionnaires, you don’t<br />
have the money to get to the US to do interviews and the data aren‘t available in<br />
secondary form, then how would you do this research? Another example might be<br />
suggesting that you want to evaluate hRM in a particular organisation or compare<br />
two organisations in terms <strong>of</strong> their approach to hRM. But hRM encompasses many<br />
different activities and responsibilities, so it would be much more sensible to focus<br />
on one <strong>of</strong> its aspects, such as recruitment or employee involvement or performance<br />
management. Similarly, some students have said in the past that they want to look<br />
at, say, TQM in ‘the Chinese economy’ or ‘the Greek economy’. however, this again<br />
is much too broad – we would suggest choosing a particular sector like banking or<br />
hotels or car manufacturing, or even better one organisation. however, you still need<br />
to work towards a balance here – focus and feasibility are crucial, but as Campbell<br />
et al. (cited in Robson 2002:56) also point out, the cheapest, quickest and easiest<br />
research isn’t always the best research!<br />
Example 3.1 <strong>of</strong>fers an example <strong>of</strong> how a research question that might look broadly<br />
OK actually wouldn’t work very well in practice.<br />
3 Please also remember that your project must be entirely self-funded: in other<br />
words, the School <strong>of</strong> Management cannot provide any money or equipment to assist<br />
you in your research.<br />
28 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
Example 3.1: Assessing a research question for ‘researchability’<br />
Imagine you wanted to ask the following research question: ‘how well<br />
has the British car industry performed compared to the German car<br />
industry?’ As it stands, although it might look all right at first glance,<br />
this question would be difficult if not impossible to research sensibly<br />
and systematically. It needs substantial refining and revision.<br />
For example, what is meant by performance here? Global market<br />
share? Return on investment? Customer satisfaction? Error levels<br />
in manufacturing plants? Quality <strong>of</strong> working life for employees?<br />
Environmental ‘friendliness’ (etc.)? You would need to specify this, as<br />
your project could not hope to cover all <strong>of</strong> these performance indicators.<br />
Also, what time period does the research cover? Again this would need<br />
to be set out. Post-German unification perhaps? In fact this is a very<br />
long period <strong>of</strong> time – some twenty years or so at the time <strong>of</strong> writing –<br />
so the sensible approach would be to narrow it even further, perhaps<br />
to 2003–2008.<br />
Finally, how is ‘British’ or ‘German’ car industry defined here? Nissan,<br />
for example, has some <strong>of</strong> its operations in Sunderland in the North<br />
<strong>of</strong> England, but it is a Japanese-owned car manufacturer. Similarly,<br />
Mercedes-Benz has a plant in Tuscaloosa, Alabama in the US but it is<br />
a German-owned car manufacturer. So, once again, you would need<br />
to specify whether you simply meant German-owned/British-owned car<br />
manufacturers, or some other way <strong>of</strong> defining car industry in this regard<br />
(the narrower the better!).<br />
Enhancing Career-Relevant Knowledge<br />
We established in Section 1 that one <strong>of</strong> the reasons why we ask you to do a <strong>PMP</strong> is<br />
to further your knowledge so you can use it in improving your work-related practice<br />
and progressing your career. So choosing a topic/question/s that will be especially<br />
relevant to you in this regard is a good idea. For example, a former student <strong>of</strong> ours<br />
chose to research the extent <strong>of</strong> and reasons for tax evasion in her country <strong>of</strong> origin<br />
as her project topic because she wanted to get a job in the relevant Tax Inspectorate<br />
when she graduated.<br />
Symmetry <strong>of</strong> Potential Outcomes<br />
What this means in simple terms is that you need to make sure that your findings will<br />
be interesting whatever the outcomes <strong>of</strong> your research. For example, say your key<br />
research question was ‘Does the increasing use <strong>of</strong> e-mail represent a stress factor in<br />
the Ghanaian banking sector?’ If your findings suggested that the increasing use <strong>of</strong><br />
e-mail was not experienced as stressful by Ghanaian bank workers, then this would<br />
SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 29
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
not be particularly interesting. This question therefore does not have symmetry <strong>of</strong><br />
potential outcomes. But by rephrasing the question as ‘Does the increasing use <strong>of</strong><br />
e-mail represent a stress factor, a benefit or both in the Ghanaian banking sector?’,<br />
then whatever the findings showed would be interesting.<br />
How Sensitive is Your Topic/Question/s?<br />
This can present a possible problem in formulating topics and questions. Easterby-<br />
Smith et al. are quite right to say that “Access to companies can be obstructed by<br />
managers if they consider a piece <strong>of</strong> research to be harmful to their, or their company’s,<br />
interests” (2008:2). We will talk more about getting access to organisations for<br />
empirical research in Section 6, but this might represent a real challenge if you<br />
choose a topic or question/s that seems to be sensitive. For example, the question<br />
<strong>of</strong> the effectiveness <strong>of</strong> drug testing at work could be seen as very sensitive on a<br />
personal, individual basis because it relates to confidential medical information and<br />
also to employees’ private, leisure time behaviour. On the other hand, a project<br />
could be regarded as commercially sensitive – e.g., something which focused on<br />
branding, unique selling points and/or competitive strategies. There are ethical issues<br />
here too relating to not invading respondents’ privacy or putting them under any<br />
duress. Also more on this in Section 6, but bear in mind Gill and Johnson’s (2002:16)<br />
citation <strong>of</strong> a researcher who told them that he had a lot <strong>of</strong> difficulty getting access to<br />
managers to talk to them about their stress levels, and he felt this was because they<br />
were so stressed!<br />
How About You?<br />
Equally, consider your own capabilities. Doing a <strong>PMP</strong> is intended to develop your<br />
skills and abilities in a range <strong>of</strong> different ways, as discussed in Section 1. however, it’s<br />
still unwise to choose something which is a long way away from your ‘comfort zone’<br />
– e.g., don’t choose a research question which would require a lot <strong>of</strong> quantitative,<br />
statistical work if you are not very numerate.<br />
Research Questions Can Change<br />
And, <strong>final</strong>ly, don’t forget that research questions are <strong>of</strong>ten iterative. In other words<br />
your specific research question(/s) and the approach that you choose to answer it<br />
may well alter as your project proceeds – for example, personnel at the relevant<br />
organisation might change, requiring access renegotiation, or you could discover<br />
new angles or concepts on the issues as you do more reading. This is not a problem,<br />
but we strongly recommend that you check out any changes you plan to make with<br />
the tutor on the relevant <strong>Blackboard</strong> project support forum.<br />
Finally, and just to repeat ourselves one more time, a clearly defined research<br />
question(/s) is also much more likely to generate successful research, because your<br />
pathway through the research process will be easier to identify as a result. In other<br />
words, your research question should help you to decide what you need to read and<br />
what kind <strong>of</strong> data you need to gather, where this data gathering will happen, when<br />
it will happen and how it will happen. Also remember that “[a]ll enquiry involves<br />
30 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
drudgery and frustration and you need to have a strong interest in the topic to keep<br />
you going through the bad times” (Robson 2002:49). In other words, if you start <strong>of</strong>f<br />
not being interested in your topic then this is a sure-fire way to produce a lacklustre,<br />
unsatisfactory project!<br />
Summary<br />
i) Research topics are the broad areas that we are interested in examining.<br />
ii) Research questions represent gaps in our knowledge about those topics.<br />
iii) Research sub-questions are a useful way <strong>of</strong> narrowing down the focus <strong>of</strong> your<br />
research.<br />
iv) The most important issue here is your interest in the topic/ question(/s).<br />
v) The second is probably focus and feasibility … but there are many others!<br />
� Key Reading<br />
� Tasks<br />
You should now visit <strong>Blackboard</strong> to identify the key reading from<br />
the companion text<strong>book</strong> and to complete the tasks for this section<br />
<strong>of</strong> the <strong>module</strong>. You may also wish to discuss these tasks with the<br />
tutor and other students on the relevant <strong>module</strong> support forum, but<br />
do remember that others may be progressing through the <strong>module</strong><br />
either more slowly or more quickly than you. Additional support<br />
material for this section can be found in the same section <strong>of</strong> the<br />
<strong>Blackboard</strong> <strong>module</strong> site.<br />
References<br />
The following are the sources which were used to compile this section. Chapters<br />
or excerpts are specified to suggest material which should be especially relevant to<br />
issues covered in the section.<br />
Blaxter, L., C. hughes and M. Tight (2001) How To Research 2 nd Edition. Buckingham:<br />
Open <strong>University</strong> Press chapter 2<br />
Bryman, A. and E. Bell (2007) Business Research Methods 2 nd Edition. Oxford: Oxford<br />
<strong>University</strong> Press pp. 82–89<br />
SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 31
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
Easterby-Smith, M., R. Thorpe and A. Lowe (2008) Management Research 3 rd Edition.<br />
London: Sage chapter 1<br />
Gill, J. and P. Johnson (2002) Research Methods for Managers 3 rd Edition. London:<br />
Sage chapter 2<br />
Jankowicz, A.D. (2005) Business Research Projects 4 th Edition. London: Thomson<br />
Learning chapter 2<br />
Robson, C. (2002) Real World Research: A Resource for Social Scientists and<br />
Practitioner-Researchers 2 nd Edition. Oxford: Blackwell pp. 45–65<br />
Saunders, M., P. Lewis and A. Thornhill (2009) Research Methods for Business Students<br />
5 th Edition. harlow: Financial Times Prentice hall chapter 2<br />
Williams, M. and T. May (1996) Introduction to the Philosophy <strong>of</strong> Social Research<br />
London: UCL Press chapter 1<br />
32 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT
Pr<strong>of</strong>essional management Project<br />
school <strong>of</strong> management<br />
section 4<br />
Quantitative and Qualitative<br />
Methods – A Selective Review
Pr<strong>of</strong>essional management Project<br />
school <strong>of</strong> management
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
SECTION 4<br />
Quantitative and Qualitative Research<br />
Methods – A Selective Review<br />
Learning Outcomes<br />
having studied this section <strong>of</strong> the <strong>module</strong> you will be able to:<br />
• distinguish between quantitative and qualitative methods<br />
• outline some <strong>of</strong> the uses <strong>of</strong> structured interviews, self-administered<br />
questionnaires, structured observation, unstructured observation,<br />
semi-structured and unstructured interviews<br />
• choose the method(s) that is right for you and your project.<br />
Introduction<br />
As suggested in the introduction to this <strong>module</strong>, there are multiple methods in the<br />
social sciences and we can’t cover all <strong>of</strong> them in a <strong>module</strong> <strong>book</strong> like this. Instead<br />
we will explore issues related to the ones which, based on ULSM experience, most<br />
students <strong>of</strong> management use. This section therefore deals with examples <strong>of</strong> each<br />
method in management research and with choosing a method.<br />
Distinguishing Between Quantitative and<br />
Qualitative Methods<br />
Let’s begin with a quick distinction between quantitative methods and qualitative<br />
methods. Quantitative methods tend to generate data expressed numerically,<br />
which are analysed statistically. Quantitative data, then, are either gathered as<br />
numbers (e.g., age, income, number <strong>of</strong> children) or turned into numbers after they<br />
have been gathered (e.g., by coding responses to closed questions 4 or content<br />
analysis 5 <strong>of</strong> qualitative data). Analysis <strong>of</strong> these data is usually conducted through<br />
statistical operations, so one is looking for the relative frequency <strong>of</strong> particular<br />
variables, for what is happening on average in these data.<br />
4 A closed question is one that has a fixed set <strong>of</strong> responses such as yes/no/don’t<br />
know. More on this issue in Section 5.<br />
5 More about content analysis in Section 8.<br />
SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 33
See Section 7 for more on analysing quantitative data.<br />
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
Qualitative methods, on the other hand, tend to generate data expressed in words,<br />
which are analysed conceptually. here data are collected as words – e.g., via open<br />
questions 6 – and analysis is conducted through classifying these data into categories or<br />
themes and then trying to understand these themes via theoretical conceptualisation.<br />
Qualitative data is <strong>of</strong>ten understood as providing a ‘richer’ description <strong>of</strong> the relevant<br />
empirical site. Again, more on analysis <strong>of</strong> qualitative data in Section 8. Now let’s move<br />
to examine two examples <strong>of</strong> quantitative methods in more detail.<br />
Quantitative Methods<br />
The two methods we focus on here are structured interviews and self-administered<br />
questionnaires. These are also known as ‘survey’ methods, because they involve<br />
collection <strong>of</strong> standardised information, usually from a large, representative sample<br />
(more on sampling in Section 5).<br />
The researcher who chooses these methods typically wants to be objective, and to be<br />
detached from their respondents. Indeed with self-administered questionnaires the<br />
researcher may never meet the people who take part in their research. Both methods<br />
consist <strong>of</strong> asking the same questions in the same order to every respondent. The<br />
difference is that with the structured interview the researcher asks the questions<br />
verbally, either face to face or over the phone, and records the respondent’s answers<br />
in writing or electronically. With SAQs the respondent reads the questions and fills<br />
the answers out themselves by writing or typing them on to a pre-prepared form.<br />
These methods tend to rely on closed questions so responses can be quantified (i.e.,<br />
counted).<br />
What follows is an example <strong>of</strong> the use <strong>of</strong> each method in management research.<br />
Structured Interviews: An Example from Management Research<br />
You may also see these referred to as formalised, standardised or respondent<br />
interviews. An example is Oliver et al. (2002) on the relationship between psychological/<br />
individual factors, organisational variables and occupational accidents. The data<br />
were gathered in the Valencia region <strong>of</strong> Spain. Some 525 structured interviews<br />
were conducted with a random sample <strong>of</strong> workers attending for annual medical<br />
checks at the Valencia health and Safety Executive. The literature on occupational<br />
accidents argues that they are caused by organisational variables and psychological<br />
or individual variables. Oliver et al. look at how these two types <strong>of</strong> factor interrelate<br />
in this regard. They set out to test a hypothetical 7 model <strong>of</strong> such interrelations which<br />
they developed based on the relevant literature.<br />
6 An open question allows any answer that the respondent – the person<br />
answering the question – sees fit to give. Again more on this in Section 5.<br />
7 We discuss hypotheses further below.<br />
34 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
The interviews asked respondents questions about<br />
• their biographical data like their age and their job;<br />
• their experience <strong>of</strong> different types <strong>of</strong> occupational accidents over the preceding<br />
two years;<br />
• organisational variables like their perceptions <strong>of</strong> how supportive colleagues<br />
and supervisors were and how seriously management took the issue <strong>of</strong> safety;<br />
• the quality <strong>of</strong> work conditions like levels <strong>of</strong> noise, lighting etc.;<br />
• their general health;<br />
• and their own safety behaviour – e.g., did they ever take shortcuts when<br />
using equipment? Did they always wear the correct safety gear?<br />
Oliver et al.’s findings suggest that organisational variables are a key issue in terms <strong>of</strong><br />
how workers assess workplace hazards – so safety behaviours are not influenced by<br />
the riskiness <strong>of</strong> the work as such, but more by the safety procedures in place. human<br />
factors are identified here as significant as opposed to ‘hardware’ or technical factors<br />
– and the conclusion is that there is a real need to actively manage safety and to stamp<br />
out unsafe practices and shortcuts. Levels <strong>of</strong> stress were also shown to mediate – i.e.,<br />
either reduce or enhance – safety behaviours, so social support is also an important<br />
issue in reducing accidents at work according to these findings.<br />
Self-Administered Questionnaires: An Example from Management Research<br />
Naudé et al. (1997) used self-administered questionnaires to examine the extent to<br />
which managers use a range <strong>of</strong> statistical techniques in their jobs. The authors suggest<br />
that these techniques allow more reasoned and rational decisions to be made by<br />
managers, and say this is supported by the existing research. But how frequently are<br />
these techniques actually used in management decision making? The available data<br />
suggest they are not necessarily used very frequently, despite rising numbers <strong>of</strong> MBA<br />
graduate numbers and the central place that quantitative techniques have on any<br />
MBA programme. So Naudé et al. wanted to measure how much these techniques are<br />
used by MBA graduates at work – and they selected 13 commonly taught techniques<br />
including forecasting models, regression and correlation, and probability analysis.<br />
The researchers sent an SAQ to 3419 respondents in the UK, South Africa and New<br />
Zealand. A total <strong>of</strong> 1219 were returned, giving a response rate <strong>of</strong> 36% 8 . The SAQ<br />
asked<br />
8 As should be obvious, response rate is the numbers <strong>of</strong> people responding as<br />
against the total number <strong>of</strong> SAQs sent out. here then 3419 SAQs were sent out, and<br />
1219 people responded. The calculation thus becomes 1219 divided by 3419, which<br />
gives a response rate <strong>of</strong> 35.65% (rounded up to 36%).<br />
SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 35
• for biographical data like the respondent’s management level;<br />
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
• which quantitative techniques they used at work and why (or why not, where<br />
techniques weren’t used);<br />
• which they used most <strong>of</strong>ten;<br />
• whether the respondent had any suggestions regarding the appropriate<br />
content <strong>of</strong> an MBA quantitative methods <strong>module</strong>.<br />
The results show consistent usage <strong>of</strong> a range <strong>of</strong> methods at between 60–70% in<br />
each country and indicate that respondents had broadly the same reasons for using<br />
and not using various methods. There was also a relatively low level <strong>of</strong> awareness <strong>of</strong><br />
some techniques in particular – e.g., non-parametric tests and multivariate models.<br />
Naudé et al. suggest this might either be because the respondents had forgotten<br />
these methods from their MBA studies, or they had never been introduced to them.<br />
New Zealand respondents tended to use all methods more frequently. Again Naudé<br />
et al. suggest this might be because quantitative methods are taught differently on<br />
MBA programmes in this country, or because the NZ respondents were younger on<br />
average than the other two cohorts, so may have needed more quantitative techniques<br />
because <strong>of</strong> their more junior (and so more operational) roles.<br />
Regarding recommendations for MBA quantitative methods <strong>module</strong>s, Naudé et al.’s<br />
experience is that these are unpopular with students. however, their data suggest<br />
none <strong>of</strong> the techniques should be excluded, although some may be better delivered<br />
as part <strong>of</strong> an elective. This suggests an existing overlap between supply (what MBA<br />
tutors think is needed) and demand (what MBA students want). Other research they<br />
refer to argues that the practical application and relevance <strong>of</strong> these techniques to<br />
real-life management work may be neglected on MBA <strong>module</strong>s. Naudé et al. say more<br />
research is therefore needed on how to teach statistics to postgraduate students <strong>of</strong><br />
management.<br />
NB Quantitative research methods also include the use <strong>of</strong> quantitative secondary<br />
data, i.e., existing data, usually from large and representative samples, and expressed<br />
in numerical and/or statistical form such as the UK Labour Force Survey or Census,<br />
performance data from company annual reports, organisations’ absence records or<br />
quantitative data from existing academic publications.<br />
Quantitative/Qualitative Methods<br />
All methods can be varied to become more or less quantitative or qualitative where<br />
necessary, more <strong>of</strong> which below when we discuss hybrid methods. however,<br />
observation, which involves watching people go about their everyday business, is<br />
one method that is routinely either quantitative or qualitative, depending on how it<br />
is used. Structured observation is a quantitative method, whereas non-structured<br />
observation is typically qualitative.<br />
36 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
Structured observation is usually intended to be objective, detached and aims to<br />
quantify behaviour. So the researcher uses a ‘tick box’ observation schedule where<br />
they record how many times people do something, the order in which they do it and/<br />
or how long it takes to do it. Non-structured observation wants instead to understand<br />
naturally occurring activity with the aim <strong>of</strong> understanding it in ‘the round’, in all<br />
its complexity, as opposed to the attempt to focus on specific behaviours and to<br />
quantify them as in structured observation.<br />
But observation can also be classified as either participant (also known as<br />
ethnography) – i.e., actually living or working amongst the people in whom you<br />
are interested and taking a full part in their daily activities – or non-participant<br />
(also called passive) observation. In the latter the researcher simply watches naturally<br />
occurring activity without taking part. It would be difficult to conduct participant<br />
observation which was also structured, however, and this is usually not the intention:<br />
instead the researcher wants to immerse themselves in others’ experiences.<br />
Still another way in which observation can be classified is as covert (where respondents<br />
do not know they are being watched, because the researcher is pretending to be<br />
someone else, like a new colleague, or because respondents are being recorded<br />
via the use <strong>of</strong> technology like CCTV) versus overt (where they do know they are<br />
being observed). Both covert and overt observation can be either structured or nonstructured<br />
and either participant or passive.<br />
Thinking point 4.1: Covert observation<br />
how would you feel if you realised that someone you thought was a<br />
new recruit to your organisation had in fact been observing you and<br />
your colleagues covertly for the last six months, and was going to write<br />
up the resulting data for publication in an academic journal?<br />
We will return to the ethics <strong>of</strong> covert observation in Section 6.<br />
What follows is one example <strong>of</strong> structured observation, and two examples <strong>of</strong> nonstructured<br />
observation, in management research.<br />
Structured Observation: An Example from Management Research<br />
Martinko and Gardner (1990) take henry Mintzberg’s well known non-participant<br />
observation study <strong>of</strong> five CEOs, published in the early 1970s, as their starting point.<br />
This previous study argues that management work is “varied, brief, fragmented and<br />
highly interpersonal” (Martinko and Gardner 1990:329). But the literature suggests<br />
there is still some controversy about Mintzberg’s claim in terms <strong>of</strong> the extent to<br />
which management work is non-systematic and thus hard to control or plan.<br />
Martinko and Gardner replicate 9 Mintzberg’s study using structured observation.<br />
9 That is to say, they repeated his methodology on a different sample <strong>of</strong> people.<br />
SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 37
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
They also aim to explore relationships between management behaviour, management<br />
effectiveness and environmental and demographic variables, since they think the<br />
last two issues have been neglected in the relevant literature. Martinko and Gardner<br />
start with three hypotheses based on this literature: 1. that management work is<br />
varied, brief, fragmented and highly interpersonal; 2. that there are differences in<br />
behaviour between effective and less effective managers (i.e., in terms <strong>of</strong> what they<br />
do and how they do it); and 3. that biographical and environmental differences affect<br />
management behaviour.<br />
Using the categories <strong>of</strong> management activity developed by Mintzberg, Martinko and<br />
Gardner studied 41 US school principals, <strong>of</strong> which 22 were high and 19 moderate<br />
performers according to data like their students’ performance in national tests.<br />
Environmental and demographic variables included the grade level covered by the<br />
school (i.e., elementary or secondary), staff numbers in the school and levels <strong>of</strong><br />
urbanisation in the surrounding area. Minute by minute descriptive observation was<br />
performed but separate behavioural events were also classified according to how<br />
long they lasted, who initiated them (e.g., the principal themselves or someone else)<br />
and what kind <strong>of</strong> event they represented (e.g., scheduled meetings, unscheduled<br />
meetings, phone calls etc.). The average length <strong>of</strong> observation was 6.7 days per<br />
principal. All observation was also non-participant and overt.<br />
Data were then coded according to the purposes <strong>of</strong> the event – e.g., scheduling,<br />
receiving information, giving information – and Mintzberg’s managerial roles – e.g.,<br />
was the principal acting as a figurehead, a disseminator, a negotiator etc. during<br />
this particular event? The results confirm that management work is varied, brief,<br />
fragmented and interpersonal – i.e., much <strong>of</strong> it is spontaneous, non-scheduled and/or<br />
not initiated by the manager themselves. Moreover, 50% <strong>of</strong> these managers’ time was<br />
spent on interpersonal and informal communication. So hypothesis 1 was supported.<br />
Managers’ behaviour does not however seem to be linked to performance in these<br />
data (so hypothesis 2 is not supported), although environmental and demographic<br />
factors were linked to different management behaviours (supporting hypothesis 3).<br />
Unstructured Observation: Two Examples from Management Research<br />
The first example we use here is also a classic piece <strong>of</strong> participant observation. Roy<br />
(1960) worked as an assembly line operative (i.e., doing very monotonous, unskilled<br />
work) with three other men – Ike, George and Sammy – for an extended period <strong>of</strong><br />
time. Ike, George and Sammy thought he was a university student who needed extra<br />
money; so this observation was also covert. As Roy (1960:205–206) suggests, “My<br />
account <strong>of</strong> how one group <strong>of</strong> machine operators kept from ‘going nuts’ in a situation<br />
<strong>of</strong> monotonous work activity attempts to lay bare the tissues <strong>of</strong> interaction which<br />
made up the content <strong>of</strong> their adjustment.” In other words, his focus was on how this<br />
group <strong>of</strong> men actually coped with such boring, repetitive work day after day.<br />
To be more specific, after a while, Roy began to notice that the three men had<br />
developed various ‘times’ which helped them to get through the shifts. These ‘times’<br />
were frequent but short. They marked the actual passage <strong>of</strong> the working day because<br />
they always took place at the same time in the shift. But more importantly they<br />
38 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
functioned to provide a focus <strong>of</strong> interest and discussion until the next ‘time’ took<br />
place – even though these times were the same every day! For example, at Banana<br />
Time (also the title <strong>of</strong> the article), Ike would steal and eat the banana that Sammy<br />
always brought for his lunch. Sammy would complain, and George would mildly<br />
remonstrate with both <strong>of</strong> them.<br />
There were also ‘themes’, which were standard patterns <strong>of</strong> interaction in which the<br />
group engaged. These were not, however, as predictable in their occurrence and<br />
regularity as the ‘times’. ‘Themes’ included the ‘pr<strong>of</strong>essor theme’. George, who was<br />
both the formal leader <strong>of</strong> the group and highly respected by his colleagues, had a<br />
daughter who had married the son <strong>of</strong> a college pr<strong>of</strong>essor. George would regularly<br />
regale the group with stories <strong>of</strong> the wedding and his Sunday walks with the pr<strong>of</strong>essor,<br />
or dinner with the pr<strong>of</strong>essor’s family. Roy felt the respect shown to George by Ike and<br />
Sammy was at least in part due to the ‘pr<strong>of</strong>essor theme’.<br />
Our second example focuses on shopfloor humour and took place in the components<br />
division <strong>of</strong> a lorry-making factory in North West England. Two hundred and fifty men<br />
worked in the division. Collinson (1988) explores how the men’s joking reflected and<br />
reinforced their values as well as representing resistance to management, a way to<br />
control each other and so on. Examples <strong>of</strong> the humour included:<br />
• nicknames – e.g., ‘Electric Lips’ couldn’t keep secrets, and ‘Silver Sleeve’ didn’t<br />
use a handkerchief (Collinson 1988:185, 195)<br />
• pranks such as an amateur weightlifter being challenged to lift Allan, a colleague<br />
who could apparently make himself heavier “at will”. The weightlifter failed<br />
because someone else had nailed his shoes to the board he was standing on,<br />
so he was “trying to lift Allan, the board and himself” (Collinson 1988:188);<br />
• initiation rites for new workers like being sent to another colleague to ask for<br />
“a long stand”, and being asked after standing waiting for some time “Is that<br />
long enough?” (Collinson 1988:189);<br />
• jokes at each other’s expense – e.g., one colleague sending a rate-fixer to study<br />
another rate fixer’s job, “with the implication that he was lazy” (Collinson<br />
1988:195);<br />
• jokes at the management’s expense, like a story about three foremen not<br />
being informed about a training course in communication skills (Collinson<br />
1988:186).<br />
The humour, as is obvious from the examples above, was very unforgiving and harsh.<br />
It was also very masculine, indeed macho, sexual and contained lots <strong>of</strong> epithets.<br />
In a similar vein to Roy, Collinson emphasises that these men did repetitive and<br />
mundane work, worked the longest hours in the factory and had very poor terms<br />
and conditions – all <strong>of</strong> which suggested they “were the least valued and most easily<br />
disposable <strong>of</strong> employees” (Collinson 1988:185). So they had developed a culture <strong>of</strong><br />
humour which preserved their self-esteem through, for example, emphasising their<br />
SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 39
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
masculinity compared to what they called the “twats and nancy boys” (Collinson<br />
1988:186) in the <strong>of</strong>fices. These <strong>of</strong>fice workers had (as the men saw it) no freedom to<br />
joke around.<br />
The humour, in addition, helped with boredom, and was a means to achieve acceptance<br />
from colleagues. If an employee could both ‘dish it out’ and ‘take it’ he became ‘one<br />
<strong>of</strong> the gang’. If someone didn’t join in then they were ostracised. Finally humour<br />
was used as a disciplinary mechanism to bring colleagues into line – e.g., someone<br />
would <strong>of</strong>ten become the butt <strong>of</strong> a cruel joke if they were seen not to be working hard<br />
enough, because part <strong>of</strong> the men’s wages was based on a collective bonus system.<br />
We should also note that Collinson simply watched day to day interaction in this<br />
environment – i.e., this observation was non-participant – and that the men were<br />
aware that he was an academic researcher, so the observation was overt.<br />
Qualitative Methods<br />
The two methods we discuss here are semi-structured and unstructured interviews.<br />
You may also see these referred to as informal, non-standardised, informant, nondirective,<br />
open-ended or in-depth interviews. In some ways they might be seen as<br />
variants <strong>of</strong> each other; the difference simply being the level <strong>of</strong> structure employed in<br />
the interview schedule.<br />
These methods are (usually) face to face interactions between researcher and<br />
respondent during which the researcher wants to cover particular topics and ask<br />
specific questions, but (unlike structured interviews) where the order in which the<br />
questions are asked and the wording used depends on the respondent. For example,<br />
the respondent might highlight issues in answering one question which aren’t due to<br />
be covered until later in the schedule, but here the researcher would move straight<br />
to asking about these issues as this follows the respondent’s logic. So the interview<br />
is effectively led by the respondent as opposed to being led by the researcher, as<br />
in the structured interview. Open questions are typically used and there is usually no<br />
particular emphasis by the researcher on objectivity or detachment – instead they aim<br />
to build up a rapport with their respondents, to really get to know them during the<br />
interview process.<br />
Such interviews (along with non-structured observation) are also known as ‘case<br />
study’ methods, because they gather rich and detailed data, usually from a small<br />
sample which tends not to be representative <strong>of</strong> a wider population. What follows is<br />
an example <strong>of</strong> the use <strong>of</strong> each method in management research.<br />
Semi-Structured Interviews: An Example from Management Research<br />
Our first example is Brewis (2000), who discusses the results <strong>of</strong> semi-structured<br />
interviews with 16 women about their experiences <strong>of</strong> their bodies at work. Because<br />
the sample was small and a combination <strong>of</strong> convenience, purposive and self-selection<br />
sampling techniques was used (more <strong>of</strong> which in Section 5), Brewis does not identify<br />
40 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
it as in any way representative <strong>of</strong> working women more generally. Instead the data<br />
gathered are treated as a series <strong>of</strong> “impressions and interpretations <strong>of</strong> the experience<br />
<strong>of</strong> having a female body” (Brewis 2000:171). These data suggest that the respondents’<br />
body images are produced by exposure to others’ reactions, others’ bodies and<br />
cultural images <strong>of</strong> women’s bodies (e.g., in advertisements). So these women have<br />
‘learnt’ about their bodies, about how attractive and socially acceptable they are, by<br />
being in the world, seeing other people’s bodies and noting how other people react<br />
to their bodies.<br />
The respondents also mainly felt that their bodies didn’t ‘measure up’ to cultural<br />
expectations about women’s bodies. Nonetheless, they didn’t always spend much<br />
time rectifying this. For example, the mothers in the sample said they spent much<br />
more time on preparing their children’s bodies for school than in preparing their own<br />
bodies for work, because this is a crucial part <strong>of</strong> being a mother. Other women who<br />
spent very little time getting ready in the mornings seemed to regard bodily titivation<br />
and preparation as ‘feminine’ activities, whereas they needed to be seen as more<br />
‘masculine’ (objective, rational, logical, assertive etc.) in their organisational roles.<br />
however these respondents still thought they were labelled by their bodily sex at<br />
work. For example, two women who defined themselves as overweight believed<br />
colleagues saw them as lacking discipline or self-control, because women almost<br />
have to ‘embody’ these characteristics in the workplace whereas an overweight man<br />
would not be judged in this way. Some respondents worked to ‘blend in’ as a result<br />
– e.g., wearing masculine suits to play down their biological sex. Others wanted to<br />
stand out a bit more and used their bodies to their advantage. So several respondents<br />
said that female bodies, being smaller than men’s in the main, can be beneficial in<br />
terms <strong>of</strong> managing conflict situations at work (such as an angry customer) because<br />
people see them as less threatening.<br />
Unstructured Interviews: An Example from Management Research<br />
Cashmore (2002) reports data from unstructured interviews, some undertaken oneon-one,<br />
others in the form <strong>of</strong> focus groups where several respondents discuss the<br />
relevant issues as a group as prompted and guided by the researcher. his research<br />
topic is ethnic minority <strong>of</strong>ficers’ views <strong>of</strong> cultural diversity in the police service. One<br />
hundred African Caribbean and South Asian police <strong>of</strong>ficers in three English regions<br />
– the West Midlands, Norfolk and Derbyshire – took part. Each area is very different<br />
from the others in terms <strong>of</strong> ethnic minority population. The research took place<br />
18 months after the February 1999 publication <strong>of</strong> the Macpherson Report into the<br />
racist murder <strong>of</strong> black teenager Stephen Lawrence in London in 1993. This report<br />
suggested that the Metropolitan Police are institutionally, systematically racist, which<br />
in part accounted for their failure to bring anyone successfully to trial for Stephen’s<br />
murder. It made two key recommendations: that the police should seek to recruit<br />
more ethnic minority <strong>of</strong>ficers and that better cultural diversity training was needed<br />
in the police service. The report also put targets in place regarding the recruitment <strong>of</strong><br />
ethnic minority <strong>of</strong>ficers.<br />
SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 41
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
Cashmore focuses on how ethnic minority <strong>of</strong>ficers themselves interpret the Macpherson<br />
recommendations. Interestingly, their reaction was mainly negative. First, <strong>of</strong>ficers<br />
suggested that initiatives like these are <strong>of</strong>ten more about public relations and the<br />
external image <strong>of</strong> the police service than actually addressing institutional racism.<br />
They also pointed out that such initiatives have tended to fail in the past. So what<br />
looks like action or progress in fact is not. Second, they were not sure the targets set<br />
were realistic. Third, <strong>of</strong>ficers commented that targeting ethnic minority people for<br />
recruitment purposes might be tokenistic, so that new recruits who come into the<br />
service as a result <strong>of</strong> these initiatives might not be as motivated or as able as existing<br />
<strong>of</strong>ficers.<br />
Fourth, they suggested the police service culture tends to dilute any existing ethnic<br />
minority affiliation held by its members anyway. Indeed these <strong>of</strong>ficers felt they now<br />
saw the world through ‘white eyes’ because they had been working in the service<br />
for some time. Fifth, they commented that diversity training in the service focuses<br />
on dealing with the public, but needs to focus more on how police colleagues relate<br />
to each other … and so on. Cashmore makes several recommendations to the police<br />
service on the basis <strong>of</strong> these data, including the fast tracking <strong>of</strong> ethnic minority <strong>of</strong>ficers<br />
to more senior positions, to demonstrate that they can ‘make it’ both to potential<br />
ethnic minority recruits and the British media. however, he does acknowledge that<br />
this is likely to generate resentment from white <strong>of</strong>ficers.<br />
NB Qualitative research methods also include the use <strong>of</strong> qualitative secondary<br />
data, i.e., existing data, in descriptive/narrative form, such as minutes <strong>of</strong> meetings,<br />
text from annual reports, newspaper articles, court reports, qualitative data from<br />
academic publications etc.<br />
hopefully the section so far has given you an idea <strong>of</strong> what these various research<br />
methods can be used to do, which should go some way towards helping you to<br />
choose one. The next section deals with the process <strong>of</strong> choosing in much more depth.<br />
Choosing a Method<br />
One key issue in choosing a method is what its strengths and weaknesses are, which<br />
we deal with in a task for this section (see the <strong>Blackboard</strong> <strong>module</strong> site), and how<br />
these strengths and weaknesses relate to your own research. here though we cover<br />
some other considerations, as follows.<br />
What Kind <strong>of</strong> Research Are You Interested In Doing? What Kind <strong>of</strong> Stance Do You<br />
Want to Take?<br />
First, are you more interested in quantities or qualities? An interest in quantities or<br />
frequencies <strong>of</strong> social phenomena – i.e., how many there are, how widespread they<br />
are, where they are, when they occur, the extent to which they occur etc. – imply<br />
that you want to count or measure these phenomena. In other words, you want to<br />
quantify them.<br />
42 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
For example, perhaps you want to<br />
• count different types <strong>of</strong> organisational structure or organisational culture in<br />
a particular organisation or industry<br />
• quantify the extent to which a particular organisation engages in relationship<br />
marketing<br />
• measure how much charismatic leadership particular leaders display<br />
• quantify employee stress or motivation or productivity in a given organisation<br />
• measure the efficiency <strong>of</strong> a specific market<br />
• quantify how different types <strong>of</strong> auditor’s reports affect share prices in a<br />
particular industry<br />
• measure the ways in which a particular supply chain adds value to a good or<br />
service … etc.<br />
If you are interested in quantities then a quantitative, survey method would work best<br />
for you, like a self-administered questionnaire, a structured interview, quantitative<br />
secondary data or structured observation.<br />
On the other hand, you might be more interested in assessing or exploring what<br />
these phenomena mean – i.e., their qualities – for those in a particular empirical site.<br />
As John Van Maanen (cited in Alvesson and Deetz 2000:70) suggests, qualitative,<br />
case study methods like non-structured observation, semi- or unstructured interviews<br />
and qualitative secondary data encompass “an array <strong>of</strong> interpretive techniques which<br />
seek to describe, decode, translate and otherwise come to terms with the meaning,<br />
not the frequency, <strong>of</strong> certain more or less naturally occurring phenomena in the social<br />
world”. So these sorts <strong>of</strong> methods are better at teasing out qualities as defined above.<br />
Second, are you inclined towards independence or involvement? Do you think it<br />
is important to be independent <strong>of</strong> and detached from your respondents or to be<br />
involved with them? Do you value objectivity, impersonality and value freedom<br />
more than subjectivity, interpretation and immersion? If yes, then a quantitative,<br />
survey method would work best for you. If no, then choose a qualitative, case study<br />
method.<br />
SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 43
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
Third, do you want to explain or explore? Quantitative, survey methods tend to focus<br />
on identifying the casual connections or correlations between variables – on trying<br />
to explain why certain things happen or how they relate to each other. So you might<br />
want to ask what causes (/produces/generates) motivation, or stress, or productivity in<br />
a specific organisational environment, or to investigate what lies behind a particular<br />
market crash. Or perhaps you want to know whether gender relates to earnings in a<br />
given context, or whether the money supply relates to inflation in another. There is an<br />
emphasis here on trends and regularities and the discovery <strong>of</strong> scientific laws about<br />
human behaviour.<br />
On the other hand, you might be more interested in exploration. Perhaps you feel<br />
that looking for causes <strong>of</strong> or patterns in human behaviour is too mechanistic,<br />
deterministic, static or reductionist – that it over-simplifies human behaviour and<br />
ignores our capacity for reflexivity and change, especially as interactions between<br />
people from different parts <strong>of</strong> the world are more and more likely as a result <strong>of</strong><br />
globalisation. You would therefore be more interested in exploring a particular sort<br />
<strong>of</strong> behaviour as a whole and complex phenomenon instead <strong>of</strong> trying to ‘boil it down’<br />
to its causes or constituent patterns. here there may also be more <strong>of</strong> an emphasis<br />
on process and change – on how people come together and influence each other in<br />
terms <strong>of</strong> values, beliefs, behaviours etc., and on the idea that, because something<br />
was once true about human behaviour, this does not mean it will always be. If this<br />
sounds more like your <strong>PMP</strong> research then you should choose a qualitative, case study<br />
method.<br />
Fourth, do you want to test theories (deductivism) or generate theories<br />
(inductivism)? Gummesson (2000:63) defines these two approaches as follows:<br />
“Deductive research starts with existing theories and concepts and<br />
formulates hypotheses that are subsequently tested; its vantage point<br />
is received theory. Inductive research starts with real-world data, and<br />
categories, concepts, patterns, models, and eventually, theories emerge<br />
from this input.”<br />
Deductivism therefore involves verifying (or modifying or rejecting) a hypothesis<br />
about how the world works by testing it against real world data. If you want to do<br />
deductive research, you should choose a quantitative, survey method. The important<br />
thing about hypotheses is that they have to be expressed or framed in a way that<br />
allows them to be tested; so they need to be as precise as possible. Example 4.1<br />
provides an illustration.<br />
44 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
Example 4.1: Hypothesis testing in deductive research<br />
Pr<strong>of</strong>essor X has developed three hypotheses, set out below:<br />
1. that male undergraduate students <strong>of</strong> management at the<br />
<strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Leicester</strong> watch more television during the average<br />
week than female undergraduate students <strong>of</strong> management<br />
2. that British undergraduate students <strong>of</strong> management at the<br />
<strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Leicester</strong> watch more television during the average<br />
week than undergraduate students <strong>of</strong> management from<br />
elsewhere in the world<br />
3. that first year undergraduate students <strong>of</strong> management at the<br />
<strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Leicester</strong> watch more television during the average<br />
week than second and third year undergraduate students <strong>of</strong><br />
management.<br />
She tests these hypotheses by sending out a self-administered<br />
questionnaire to all current undergraduate students <strong>of</strong> management<br />
about their television viewing habits. Pr<strong>of</strong>essor X’s data allow her to:<br />
1. accept hypothesis 1: male undergraduate students <strong>of</strong> management<br />
at the <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Leicester</strong> DO watch more television during<br />
the average week than female undergraduate students <strong>of</strong><br />
management, by about 15%<br />
2. reject hypothesis 2: British undergraduate students <strong>of</strong><br />
management and undergraduate students <strong>of</strong> management from<br />
elsewhere in the world at the <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Leicester</strong> watch about<br />
the same amount <strong>of</strong> television during the average week<br />
3. modify hypothesis 3: first year undergraduate students <strong>of</strong><br />
management AND second year undergraduate students <strong>of</strong><br />
management at the <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Leicester</strong> watch more television<br />
than third year undergraduate students <strong>of</strong> management.<br />
The Oliver et al. (2002) and Martinko and Gardner (1990) papers<br />
discussed above are also examples <strong>of</strong> deductive research.<br />
Inductivism on the other hand gathers the data first and then seeks to understand<br />
or theorise it afterwards to explain that particular situation. The theory which is<br />
generated is grounded in these data, and is sometimes claimed to be closer to the<br />
real world, and more authentic and concrete, as a result. If you want to do inductive<br />
research, you should choose a qualitative, case study method.<br />
SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 45
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
Fifth, is your research question/s characterised by scope or depth? Research<br />
characterised by scope is macro research – it looks at the ‘big picture’, and tries to<br />
identify trends or developments at this level. Econometrics is an example. It uses<br />
statistical analysis <strong>of</strong> large samples to identify key factors in the workings <strong>of</strong> national<br />
economies and to predict what will happen when these factors change (e.g., the<br />
interest rate). For macro research, you should choose a quantitative, survey method.<br />
Research characterised by depth is micro research which focuses more on individuals.<br />
So a micro economist would be more interested in how actual individuals behave<br />
in specific economies or economic sectors, and why they behave this way. Micro<br />
research uses much smaller samples because it aims to know a lot about a small<br />
number <strong>of</strong> people (depth) as opposed to knowing a small amount about a lot <strong>of</strong><br />
people (scope/macro). So micro research is more interested in the specific than<br />
the general (Gummesson 2000:177). Micro researchers sometimes accuse macro<br />
researchers <strong>of</strong> producing data and findings which are superficial, overly abstract<br />
in their statistical correlations and quantifications and “very remote from everyday<br />
practice” (Alvesson and Deetz 2000:60). If you want to do micro research, you should<br />
choose a qualitative, case study method.<br />
But there is still more to choosing an appropriate method/s than this. Let’s move on<br />
to issues around feasibility and desirability.<br />
Feasibility and Desirability<br />
As we have already indicated in our discussion <strong>of</strong> research questions in Section 3,<br />
feasibility is very important in research – in other words, is your research actually<br />
achievable or practical? Do you have sufficient resources in terms <strong>of</strong> money and<br />
equipment (e.g., a tape recorder for interviews)? Does the method you have chosen<br />
reflect your own skills and preferences? For example, if you are very shy, then<br />
interviewing probably isn’t a great idea. Respondents also react in different ways to<br />
different methods. The aforementioned task on methods’ strengths and weaknesses<br />
will introduce you to issues like SAQ fatigue or the intrusive nature <strong>of</strong> observation<br />
(which might also affect your ability to gain access to the empirical site). This task<br />
also establishes that some methods are also more time consuming to administer than<br />
others – e.g., observation as compared to an SAQ – but then SAQs take a long time to<br />
design. Further, large samples might not be realistic in terms <strong>of</strong> how much data they<br />
generate – do you have time to analyse them all?<br />
Then there are a whole set <strong>of</strong> issues around what we might call desirability. here we<br />
are, firstly, concerned with issues <strong>of</strong> ethics (e.g., problems associated with covert<br />
observation – as discussed in the task mentioned above and again in Section 6).<br />
Second, will the method you have chosen make a contribution (refer back to Sections<br />
2 and 3)? Finally, will the method you choose allow you to answer your research<br />
questions? Does it therefore achieve what we might call best fit? In other words, do<br />
its strengths match your particular research questions? For example, there isn’t much<br />
point in using structured observation to count the number <strong>of</strong> incidents involving<br />
conflict in a particular work environment if what you are interested in is why this<br />
conflict comes about. Qualitative interviews would be better for this kind <strong>of</strong> research.<br />
Equally, if you want to find out about sensitive issues like what causes high levels <strong>of</strong><br />
46 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
sickness absence in one particular firm, then face to face interviews might not be the<br />
ideal way to go. Anonymous SAQs are more likely to encourage respondents to (a)<br />
take part and (b) be honest!<br />
Another variation on the methods theme is hybrid methods. We made an implicit<br />
reference to these above when we were talking about observation potentially being<br />
both quantitative and qualitative. There we suggested that all research methods can<br />
be varied to become more or less qualitative or quantitative if circumstances require<br />
it. An example would be where the ideal choice for a project in terms <strong>of</strong> best fit is<br />
semi-structured interviews, but respondents live in a different region or country to<br />
the researcher and travelling to interview them is not feasible. Thus here an SAQ<br />
might be used but with a lot <strong>of</strong> open questions (hence a kind <strong>of</strong> halfway, qualitative/<br />
quantitative hybrid) to gather the qualitative data which the researcher needs.<br />
Another alternative is to use an Internet chat room or MSN Messenger or Face<strong>book</strong><br />
to do an interview <strong>of</strong> sorts in ‘real time’, when again travelling to interact face to face<br />
with a respondent is not possible.<br />
This takes us nearly to the end <strong>of</strong> our discussion <strong>of</strong> research methods and how to go<br />
about choosing one. Before we <strong>of</strong>fer our <strong>final</strong> thoughts, we want to say something<br />
brief about the use <strong>of</strong> secondary data, whether qualitative or quantitative, as a<br />
research method.<br />
A Note About Using Secondary Data<br />
As we stated in the introduction, this study <strong>book</strong> focuses on projects involving the<br />
collection <strong>of</strong> primary data. But if you are considering using secondary data, do take<br />
the following points on board. The list is not exhaustive but it provides you with some<br />
initial issues to think about. There is also plenty <strong>of</strong> discussion <strong>of</strong> the use <strong>of</strong> secondary<br />
data in the research methodology texts. See pp. 166–171 <strong>of</strong> chapter 6 in Blaxter et al.<br />
(2001) or chapter 21 in Bryman and Bell, for example.<br />
• Secondary data have been collected by someone else – so it is important<br />
to be sure that these data will actually enable you to answer your research<br />
questions, since they were probably collected for different purposes from<br />
yours.<br />
• You also need to think about whether the data set you want to use might<br />
be affected by weaknesses like a non-representative sample (more on<br />
this in Section 5) or biases like the <strong>of</strong>t-heard suggestion that governments<br />
manipulate unemployment figures to paint their administrations in a positive<br />
light. No data set, primary or secondary, is perfect, but if you use someone<br />
else’s you do need to be aware <strong>of</strong> its limitations. In other words, you need to<br />
find out as much as you can about the methodology and context behind the<br />
secondary data set you are interested in using, in order that you do not make<br />
exaggerated claims based on these data in your analysis.<br />
SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 47
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
• how up to date is your secondary data set? Also, is it readily available (e.g.,<br />
already in the public domain)? If it is not, you may have to pay to access it and/<br />
or go through a process <strong>of</strong> gaining permission to use it if it is copyrighted.<br />
• For secondary qualitative data which document events in the past, are they<br />
in good condition? Older documents are – obviously – more likely to be<br />
damaged in some way, and less likely to be archived online.<br />
• Is the secondary data set raw or has it already been analysed? It is much<br />
more likely that the latter is the case – in other words, you are not seeing the<br />
actual answers to the questions set by the original researcher. Instead you get<br />
their analysis <strong>of</strong> those raw data. In this instance their interpretation may have<br />
affected the conclusions in various ways.<br />
And Finally ….<br />
We end this section with three important observations about research methods. First,<br />
no method is more effective across the board than any other. Instead each method<br />
has its pros and cons. So contrary to popular student belief SAQs are not ‘better’ than<br />
interviews. Both methods have strengths and weaknesses: the issue is which method<br />
is most suited to your project.<br />
Second, flexibility is also paramount. In other words you have to be prepared to<br />
alter your chosen method (and indeed other aspects <strong>of</strong> the methodology like sample,<br />
empirical site etc.) once it’s selected because unforeseen circumstances may make<br />
it impossible to follow through. For example, you might select semi-structured<br />
interviews but, when you come to negotiate access with your chosen organisation,<br />
they will only permit you to send questionnaires to their staff as they are concerned<br />
that interviews will take up too much <strong>of</strong> the working day. It’s therefore a good idea<br />
to have a contingency plan. More about research planning in Section 6.<br />
Third, remember: Whatever method you choose, you need to be able to justify<br />
it in your project’s Methodology Chapter!<br />
Summary<br />
1. Self-administered questionnaires, structured interviews, observation and<br />
semi-/unstructured interviews are the methods most commonly used by<br />
students <strong>of</strong> management (in our experience at least, which is why we cover<br />
them here).<br />
2. All research methods have strengths and weaknesses.<br />
3. These should be borne in mind when choosing a method, as should issues<br />
around the kind <strong>of</strong> research you want to do, feasibility, desirability etc.<br />
48 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
4. You can also use a hybrid method.<br />
5. You must however be able to defend your choice <strong>of</strong> method/s in your project.<br />
� Key Reading<br />
� Tasks<br />
You should now visit <strong>Blackboard</strong> to identify the key reading from<br />
the companion text<strong>book</strong> and to complete the tasks for this section<br />
<strong>of</strong> the <strong>module</strong>. You may also wish to discuss these tasks with the<br />
tutor and other students on the relevant <strong>module</strong> support forum, but<br />
do remember that others may be progressing through the <strong>module</strong><br />
either more slowly or more quickly than you. Additional support<br />
material for this section can be found in the same section <strong>of</strong> the<br />
<strong>Blackboard</strong> <strong>module</strong> site.<br />
References<br />
The following are the sources which were used to compile this section. Chapters<br />
or excerpts are specified to suggest material which should be especially relevant to<br />
issues covered in the section.<br />
Alvesson, M. and S. Deetz (2000) Doing Critical Management Research London: Sage<br />
chapter 3<br />
Baxter, L., C hughes and M. Tight (2001) How To Research 2 nd Edition. Buckingham:<br />
Open <strong>University</strong> Press<br />
Brewis, J. (2000) ‘’When a body meet a body … : experiencing the female body at<br />
work’ in L. McKie and N. Watson (eds.) Organizing Bodies: Policy, Institutions and<br />
Work houndmills, Basingstoke: Macmillan pp. 166–184<br />
Bryman, A. and E. Bell (2007) Business Research Methods 2 nd Edition. Oxford: Oxford<br />
<strong>University</strong> Press chapters 8, 9, 11, 17, 18 and 25<br />
Cashmore, E. (2002) ‘Behind the window dressing: ethnic minority police perspectives<br />
on cultural diversity’ Journal <strong>of</strong> Ethnic and Migration Studies 28(2):327–341<br />
Collinson, D.L. (1988) ‘“Engineering humour: masculinity, joking and conflict in<br />
shopfloor relations’ Organization Studies 9(2):181–199<br />
Easterby-Smith, M., R. Thorpe and A. Lowe (2008) Management Research 3 rd Edition.<br />
London: Sage chapters 7 and 9<br />
SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 49
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
Gummesson, E. (2000) Qualitative Methods in Management Research 2 nd Edition.<br />
Thousand Oaks, California: Sage chapters 1 and 3, pp. 172–188<br />
Jankowicz, A.D. (2005) Business Research Projects 4 th Edition. London: Thomson<br />
Learning chapter 9 (NB you may also find useful material in chapters 10, 11 and 12)<br />
Martinko, M.J. and W. Gardner (1990) ‘Structured observation <strong>of</strong> managerial work: a<br />
replication and synthesis’ Journal <strong>of</strong> Management Studies 27(3): 329-357<br />
Naudé, P., D. Band, S. Stray and T. Wegner (1997) `An international comparison <strong>of</strong><br />
management’s use <strong>of</strong> quantitative techniques, and the implications for MBA teaching’<br />
Management Learning 28(2):217–233<br />
Oliver, A., A. Cheyne, J.M. Tomás and S. Cox (2002) ‘The effects <strong>of</strong> organizational<br />
and individual factors on occupational accidents’ Journal <strong>of</strong> Occupational and<br />
Organizational Psychology 75:473–488<br />
Robson, C. (2002) Real World Research: A Resource for Social Scientists and<br />
Practitioner-Researchers 2 nd Edition. Oxford: Blackwell chapters 8, 9 and 11<br />
Roy, D. (1960) ‘Banana time: job satisfaction and informal interaction’ Human<br />
Organization 18:158–168<br />
Saunders, M., P. Lewis and A. Thornhill (2009) Research Methods for Business Students<br />
5 th Edition. harlow: Financial Times Prentice hall chapters 5, 9, 10 and 11<br />
Silverman, D. (2000) Doing Qualitative Research: A Practical Hand<strong>book</strong> London: Sage<br />
chapter 26<br />
Silverman, D. (2005) Doing Qualitative Research: A Practical Hand<strong>book</strong> 2 nd Edition.<br />
London: Sage chapters 1 and 7<br />
50 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT
Pr<strong>of</strong>essional management Project<br />
school <strong>of</strong> management<br />
section 5<br />
Sampling, Design and<br />
Administration
Pr<strong>of</strong>essional management Project<br />
school <strong>of</strong> management
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
SECTION 5<br />
Sampling, Design and Administration<br />
Learning Outcomes<br />
having studied this section <strong>of</strong> the <strong>module</strong> you will be able to:<br />
• understand how to gather primary data by sampling<br />
• understand different types <strong>of</strong> sampling and the advantages and<br />
disadvantages <strong>of</strong> each<br />
• design your own research schedule according to the method(s)<br />
chosen to collect your data<br />
• administer your research schedule effectively.<br />
Introduction<br />
Where Section 4 discusses the methods themselves – or at least those most commonly<br />
used by students like you – and how to select one or more, this section moves to the<br />
process <strong>of</strong> primary data collection. Once you have chosen your research method you<br />
will usually need to develop a sample (i.e., to select your respondents from the whole<br />
population that you are interested in), to design a research schedule (the list <strong>of</strong><br />
questions you will ask at interview or in an SAQ, or <strong>of</strong> the issues you want to focus<br />
on in observation) and to administer it (i.e., to actually gather your data). We discuss<br />
sampling first.<br />
Sampling<br />
Most primary data gathering involves sampling <strong>of</strong> some kind, because it is usually<br />
impossible for reasons <strong>of</strong> time and money to study everyone in the population you<br />
are interested in. Your population involves everyone that you are interested in (e.g.,<br />
all the employees in a particular organisation; all the distance learning students at a<br />
particular university; all the nurses at a particular hospital; all the administrative staff<br />
at a specific city council; all the clients <strong>of</strong> a local business … and so on). Secondary<br />
data sets will usually also have been drawn from some kind <strong>of</strong> sample, as opposed to<br />
an entire population. There are two basic types <strong>of</strong> sampling technique; probability<br />
and non-probability.<br />
SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 51
Probability Sampling<br />
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
This technique is associated with quantitative, survey research. Probability sampling<br />
means you can say with confidence that everyone in a given population had an equal<br />
chance <strong>of</strong> being included in the sample. Thus the sample is representative <strong>of</strong> that<br />
population. In research terms, this also means you are able to generalise from the<br />
sample to the wider population – i.e., to say that what is happening in the sample<br />
is also happening in the population from which it is taken. Say for example there<br />
are 5000 distance learning students at the <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> X, and this is the population<br />
you are interested in. If we take a representative sample <strong>of</strong> 500 <strong>of</strong> those students,<br />
then whatever we find out about these 500 people can also be said to pertain to the<br />
remaining 4500 people in the population.<br />
Probability sampling minimises what is known as sampling error. In other words, it<br />
reduces the likelihood <strong>of</strong> including non-representative respondents who do not typify<br />
the characteristics <strong>of</strong> your population in some way. The highest sampling error which<br />
is acceptable if you want to claim to have generated a representative sample is 5%<br />
- i.e., where 5% <strong>of</strong> your sample do not reflect the population’s characteristics. Put<br />
another way, this generates a 95% ‘level <strong>of</strong> certainty’ or confidence level.<br />
Importantly, probability sampling is only actually possible when you have a complete<br />
and up-to-date sampling frame. ThIS IS IMPORTANT! A comprehensive sampling<br />
frame is a full and up to date list <strong>of</strong> everyone in the population, and Thinking point<br />
5.1 below asks you to consider this issue in more detail. MOST DIPLOMA STUDENTS<br />
WILL NOT BE ABLE TO AChIEVE A REPRESENTATIVE SAMPLE BECAUSE ThEY WILL<br />
NOT hAVE ACCESS TO A COMPLETE SAMPLING FRAME. This does not mean that<br />
you cannot draw inferences or speculations from your sample, or that it doesn’t<br />
represent the wider population in which you are interested in any way. But what it<br />
does mean is that generalisations <strong>of</strong> the conventional sort are not possible, unless<br />
your population is relatively small and you have access to a complete sampling frame<br />
for that population. Also see Section 9 on this issue: students very <strong>of</strong>ten make the<br />
error <strong>of</strong> suggesting that their samples are representative when they are not, and<br />
generalising when their data do not in fact permit this kind <strong>of</strong> analysis, when they<br />
write their projects up. We also alluded to this kind <strong>of</strong> error in Section 1.<br />
52 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
Thinking point 5.1: Which <strong>of</strong> these are complete sampling frames?<br />
Imagine you were doing research on the following populations, and you<br />
had access to the associated sampling frames. Which <strong>of</strong> these sampling<br />
frames would allow you to develop a representative sample <strong>of</strong> the<br />
relevant population?<br />
1. Population A: all adults living in the city <strong>of</strong> <strong>Leicester</strong><br />
Sampling frame A: the current electoral register for the city <strong>of</strong><br />
<strong>Leicester</strong><br />
2. Population B: all adults living in the city <strong>of</strong> <strong>Leicester</strong><br />
Sampling frame B: the current <strong>Leicester</strong> household telephone<br />
directory<br />
3. Population C: all staff at the <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Leicester</strong><br />
Sampling frame C: the staff list held by the Personnel Department<br />
at the <strong>University</strong><br />
4. Population D: all staff at the <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Leicester</strong><br />
Sampling frame D: a list <strong>of</strong> staff attending the graduation<br />
ceremonies in January 2010 and July 2010<br />
5. Population E: all staff at the <strong>Leicester</strong> branch <strong>of</strong> the high street<br />
opticians Specsavers<br />
Sampling frame E: the payroll list for <strong>Leicester</strong> Specsavers<br />
6. Population F: all staff at the <strong>Leicester</strong> branch <strong>of</strong> the high street<br />
opticians Specsavers<br />
Sampling frame F: a list <strong>of</strong> staff at the branch compiled by your<br />
friend who works there part-time<br />
Four Key Examples <strong>of</strong> Probability Sampling Techniques<br />
This is not an exhaustive list! The first and easiest technique is known as simple<br />
random sampling, which means literally choosing respondents at random from<br />
your sampling frame until you have the number you need (see below). This can be<br />
likened to picking people out <strong>of</strong> a hat; and you could even choose to do it this way.<br />
Then there is systematic sampling, which involves selecting the first respondent at<br />
random and then every nth respondent after that, depending on desired sample size.<br />
SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 53
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
So if you had a population <strong>of</strong> 1000, and you wanted a sample <strong>of</strong> 100, you would<br />
choose the first respondent randomly and then every 10th respondent after that.<br />
Third is stratified random sampling. This is the best way to ensure that your sample<br />
does in fact reflect your population where you are particularly interested in certain<br />
demographic characteristics (i.e., the particular strata to which people belong). For<br />
example, if your population is 40% male and 60% female and you have a specific<br />
interest in gender as a potentially important variable or factor in your analysis, you<br />
could divide your sampling frame into two strata <strong>of</strong> men and women. You would<br />
then select a random proportionate sample from each stratum 10 to produce an<br />
overall sample which was also 40% male and 60% female. You can use more than<br />
one stratum (e.g., gender and occupation), but this makes it complex. The other<br />
complication with stratified random sampling is that you need a sampling frame<br />
which gives you more than just a list <strong>of</strong> names. So, to produce a stratified random<br />
sample by gender and occupational status, you would need a list that told you who<br />
was in your population but also their gender and their occupation.<br />
Our <strong>final</strong> example is known as cluster sampling. This involves dividing your sampling<br />
frame into clusters (e.g., by functional area like hRM, Marketing, Finance etc., or by<br />
organisation) and then selecting the requisite numbers <strong>of</strong> clusters – the members <strong>of</strong><br />
which will all take part – at random. It is useful for bigger populations.<br />
In order to be sure that you have a representative sample, you also need to use the<br />
formula below to identify your sample size. here n a (the end result) is the required<br />
number <strong>of</strong> respondents, n is your minimum sample size 11 and re% is expected<br />
response rate (which will <strong>of</strong> course be lower for methods like SAQs).<br />
n a = n x 100<br />
re%<br />
(Saunders et al. 2009:221)<br />
And an illustration, taken from box 7.5 in Saunders et al. (2009:221):<br />
439 (adjusted minimum sample size for customer survey) x 100 =<br />
43, 900<br />
10 The singular form <strong>of</strong> strata.<br />
11 See table 7.1 in Saunders et al. (2009:219) for guidance here. As we have<br />
suggested above, the established confidence level for a representative sample is 95:<br />
“This means that if your sample was selected 100 times, at least 95 <strong>of</strong> those samples<br />
would be certain to represent the characteristics <strong>of</strong> the population” (Saunders et al.<br />
2009:218). The table sets out minimum sample sizes for various sizes <strong>of</strong> population,<br />
in order to achieve this confidence level. It also maps these against varying margins<br />
<strong>of</strong> error, measured in percentages, which again affect the quality <strong>of</strong> the sample<br />
drawn. They range from 5% (as suggested, usually the highest margin <strong>of</strong> error which<br />
is acceptable in aiming for a representative sample) to 1%.<br />
54 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
Divided by 30 (estimated response rate) = 1463 (actual sample size)<br />
Non-Probability Sampling<br />
As you might expect, this type <strong>of</strong> sampling is non-representative, and therefore does<br />
not allow for generalisation. It is usually associated with qualitative research where<br />
researchers tend to be more interested in respondents as individuals as opposed to<br />
as ‘typical’ members <strong>of</strong> a wider social group. It might also, as we suggest above, be<br />
the only option available if you do not have a complete sampling frame.<br />
Five Key Examples <strong>of</strong> Non-Probability Sampling Techniques<br />
Again this is not a comprehensive list, but these are all commonly used approaches.<br />
The first is quota sampling. This is similar to stratified random sampling in the<br />
sense that it allows the sample to reflect the population’s characteristics. however<br />
it does not produce a representative sample because selection <strong>of</strong> respondents is not<br />
random, and does not derive from a complete sampling frame. An example would<br />
be a market survey done in a city centre where a researcher needs 40 men and 60<br />
women to respond to mirror the city’s gender ratio, but can only approach potential<br />
respondents who are actually out in the city centre at the time, and passing close<br />
by to where the researcher is standing. Furthermore, in the end the only people<br />
who will end up in the actual sample are those who are willing to stop and answer<br />
questions. Then there is convenience sampling. As its name suggests, this is the<br />
most straightforward approach where you would select individuals who are easiest<br />
to access, who are nearest to you and who you know will take part (e.g., colleagues<br />
or friends or family).<br />
Third comes purposive sampling which is also known as key informant sampling.<br />
It involves selecting particular types <strong>of</strong> respondent because they will be able to<br />
provide the data that you need to help you to answer your research questions. For<br />
example, Peters and Waterman (1982) did their research on the characteristics <strong>of</strong><br />
excellent companies by interviewing managers in 43 top performing (i.e., excellent)<br />
US companies, which were all Fortune 500 listed. They began with a list <strong>of</strong> 62 <strong>of</strong><br />
McKinsey’s 12 ‘star’ clients and subtracted 19 – including General Electric – on the<br />
basis <strong>of</strong> additional performance measures. Those left included hewlett Packard,<br />
McDonald’s, Procter & Gamble and Disney. This was purposive sampling because<br />
these managers all worked for excellent companies and so were deemed by Peters<br />
and Waterman to be qualified to comment on their characteristics.<br />
Fourth is snowball sampling, which is <strong>of</strong>ten used when respondents might be difficult<br />
to access because you don’t have very much knowledge <strong>of</strong> the area or where the<br />
research is controversial or sensitive (refer back to Section 3). It involves identifying<br />
one or two respondents, hoping they will identify others for you to speak to, who<br />
will then identify others and so on – so the sample snowballs. And <strong>final</strong>ly there is<br />
self-selection sampling, where you publicise the research project and ask people to<br />
12 The management consultancy Peters and Waterman both worked<br />
for at the time.<br />
SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 55
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
contact you if they are willing to take part. It is <strong>of</strong>ten used by those researching for<br />
television programmes or magazine articles, for example. E-mail distribution lists can<br />
also be a useful mechanism for producing self-selection samples.<br />
NB These techniques can also be used in tandem. For example, Brewis (2004) used a<br />
mixture <strong>of</strong> convenience, snowball, self-selection and purposive sampling to create her<br />
focus group sample. This research centred on thirty-something women’s attitudes to<br />
and experiences <strong>of</strong> work, personal relationships and urban existence in London. So all<br />
the women involved had to be around 30 and to have experience <strong>of</strong> either living or<br />
working in London (purposive). Brewis approached her existing friendship network to<br />
generate her sample (convenience and self-selection). Finally, one <strong>of</strong> her respondents<br />
was recruited by another woman taking part (snowball). As we have seen, Brewis<br />
(2000) also used a combination <strong>of</strong> purposive, convenience and self-selection sampling<br />
for her research into women’s bodies, as described in Section 4. here she approached<br />
women (because it was women’s bodies she was interested in; purposive). These<br />
women were a combination <strong>of</strong> her existing colleagues and students she already knew<br />
(convenience), and she sent out a general introductory e-mail to see who was willing<br />
to participate (self-selection).<br />
having discussed various ways <strong>of</strong> selecting the people who take part in your data<br />
collection and their implications, we now move to designing the actual schedules<br />
which will structure and inform your interactions with these individuals.<br />
Designing Research Schedules<br />
The key issue here is the question “will the evidence and my conclusions stand up<br />
to the closest scrutiny?” (Raimond, cited in Saunders et al. 2009:156). You need to<br />
be confident that the claims you make on the basis <strong>of</strong> your data will stand up to<br />
examination by your assessors. Asking the right questions and/or focusing on the<br />
right issues in your data collection will help – and so we neatly segue into the whole<br />
subject <strong>of</strong> schedule design.<br />
To begin with you have a choice:<br />
1. You can design your own schedule from scratch.<br />
2. You can use someone else’s, but be careful <strong>of</strong> copyright issues here – unless<br />
the schedule is in the public domain you will need to seek formal permission<br />
to access and use it, and this may mean paying a fee. Plus you will need to<br />
acknowledge that it is not your original design in your <strong>PMP</strong> methodology<br />
chapter, whatever happens.<br />
3. You can adapt someone else’s, and make the appropriate acknowledgement.<br />
The choice depends on what best suits your purposes. Our focus here will be on<br />
designing your own schedule. Clarity <strong>of</strong> research questions plus subject-specific and<br />
56 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
contextual knowledge are all important in this regard. You need to be sure what it<br />
is you want to find out about overall (clarity <strong>of</strong> research questions, as discussed at<br />
length in Section 3), to be familiar with the relevant academic literature so you can<br />
explore and assess the relevant concepts, theories, models and findings in your data<br />
gathering (refer back to Section 2) and to make sure you know as much as possible<br />
about the empirical context (e.g., a specific organisation) where you are doing the<br />
data gathering. The last ensures that (a) you look credible to the respondents; (b) the<br />
questions or issues you are examining make sense to them; and (c) you can verify the<br />
accuracy <strong>of</strong> what they tell you if necessary.<br />
You also need to consider data analysis during the design process. If you don’t think<br />
about how you will analyse the resultant data while you design your questions/foci,<br />
how will you be able to make sense <strong>of</strong> them when collected? Again, more on this in<br />
Sections 7 and 8. Something else which we would urge you to undertake is a pilot<br />
test <strong>of</strong> your schedule once you think it is ready to use. This is especially crucial for<br />
‘fixed’ designs like SAQs, structured interviews and structured observation where all<br />
respondents are treated in the same way, but it is arguably important for semi- and<br />
unstructured interviews and non-structured observation too. A pilot test basically<br />
means having a trial or practice run with the schedule you have designed to see<br />
whether it works. Try and use respondents similar to those who will take part in the<br />
actual data gathering to make the pilot meaningful. You may also want to use any<br />
data generated from the pilot in your eventual analysis as long as you check this is<br />
OK with those who participate.<br />
For methods using direct questions (i.e., SAQs and interviews <strong>of</strong> whatever sort), your<br />
pilot test should check the following important issues. When you run the pilot, ask<br />
your respondents for comments on each:<br />
• whether they understand the questions and any relevant instructions (more<br />
<strong>of</strong> which later)<br />
• whether the schedule is an appropriate length (overly long SAQs and interviews<br />
mean respondents will lose patience)<br />
• whether the questions are arranged in a sensible order, and whether skips/<br />
filters work properly (again more on these later)<br />
• whether any important questions are missing, or if some <strong>of</strong> the questions you<br />
have included are irrelevant or redundant<br />
• whether there are any questions respondents find difficult to answer because<br />
they are too sensitive or too complex<br />
and anything else you can think <strong>of</strong>.<br />
SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 57
Once completed, you should also look at the pilot data to see:<br />
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
• whether the questions actually generate the data you need to answer your<br />
research questions (usually referred to as the question <strong>of</strong> validity)<br />
• whether some questions seem to result in misinterpretation and the collection<br />
<strong>of</strong> irrelevant data (usually referred to as the question <strong>of</strong> reliability)<br />
• whether you are going to be able to analyse the data you collect.<br />
For interviews and observation, a pilot also allows you to practise your interviewing or<br />
observational skills – which is no bad thing! For structured observation in particular,<br />
you should pilot in order to ensure that your schedule generates the data you want<br />
and is straightforward to use.<br />
Now let’s talk about design itself – i.e., actually putting the schedule together. We<br />
begin with some general pointers on methods which use direct questions, and then<br />
move to designing schedules for these specific methods themselves.<br />
Designing Schedules for Methods Using Direct Questions<br />
Type <strong>of</strong> Data<br />
There are three basic types <strong>of</strong> data in this regard:<br />
• factual/attribute/bio-data (information about your respondents’ biographical<br />
characteristics – e.g., education, age, career history etc.);<br />
• behavioural data (how they behave in specific situations);<br />
• attitudinal data (how they feel about specific issues).<br />
What you ask for depends on what kind <strong>of</strong> information you need to answer your<br />
research questions.<br />
Channel<br />
You also need to decide on your channel – i.e., the medium you use to actually ask<br />
the respondents the questions in your schedule. For SAQs you can use snail mail;<br />
delivery and collection (i.e., you or someone else actually gives the SAQs out by<br />
hand and then collects them back at a later stage); e-mail; a web-based design; or<br />
even fax. For interviews the standard choices are face to face or over the phone.<br />
Sample size and location are both issues here, because the larger and more widely<br />
spread the sample the more difficult and expensive it can be to reach. So, for a<br />
large SAQ sample in a number <strong>of</strong> different regions or countries, say, e-mail or online<br />
58 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
channels are probably more sensible. You also need to ensure that you have the<br />
contact details you need to operate your chosen channel – postal address, phone<br />
numbers, e-mail addresses, fax numbers, whatever. Think about resources and<br />
your skills too. Postal SAQs are costly as we established in the <strong>Blackboard</strong> task in<br />
Section 4, but you might not have the equipment or the knowledge to produce<br />
an online questionnaire. Also consider the respondents’ reaction – e.g., using the<br />
phone for a structured interview may be too detached and unlikely to encourage<br />
their commitment or enthusiasm, whereas e-mail or online SAQs could create worries<br />
about anonymity. Also make life as easy as you can for your respondents, depending<br />
on who they are, by using the most convenient channel for them. There is no point<br />
designing an online questionnaire for respondents who do not have regular access<br />
to the Internet.<br />
however, there is probably no real substitute for face to face interviewing when you<br />
are conducting semi- or unstructured interviews as it is essential to build up trust<br />
and rapport with your respondents. Doing these kinds <strong>of</strong> interviews over the phone<br />
would also make the interaction very complex in terms <strong>of</strong> listening and reacting to<br />
what the respondent says, as well as recording the interview (if this is an issue).<br />
Question Types: Closed Versus Open<br />
Choice <strong>of</strong> question type is again dependent on the information that you need to<br />
answer your research questions. The first choice is between closed (where as we have<br />
seen in Section 5 the respondent’s answer is restricted to a set <strong>of</strong> given responses)<br />
and open (where the respondent can answer as they see fit). You can also use a<br />
mixture <strong>of</strong> closed and open questions (more on this later).<br />
There are various types <strong>of</strong> closed question, some examples <strong>of</strong> which are as follows:<br />
• list – here the respondent is asked to choose as many answers as apply to<br />
them from a list;<br />
• category – here respondents are asked to choose one answer from a list,<br />
where categories in the list are mutually exclusive (i.e., do not overlap in any<br />
way);<br />
• ranking – here respondents are asked to rank various items in order <strong>of</strong><br />
preference or importance. Ranking questions can be difficult to answer, and<br />
the number <strong>of</strong> items should be kept to a minimum. Alternatively, you can ask<br />
respondents to score each item using a rating or scale question;<br />
• rating/scale – here respondents are asked to indicate their answer using a<br />
scale. The classic approach is the 5 point Likert scale (e.g., 1 = strongly<br />
disagree, 2 = disagree, 3 = neutral/ no opinion, 4 = agree, 5 = strongly agree).<br />
This kind <strong>of</strong> question is useful for gathering attitudinal data in particular;<br />
• quantity – here respondents are asked to indicate the quantity <strong>of</strong> something<br />
as it pertains to them;<br />
SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 59
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
• grid – here respondents are asked two (or more questions) at the same time,<br />
and to fill their answers in on a grid. These can be confusing, and need to be<br />
clearly worded.<br />
Example 5.1 provides an illustration <strong>of</strong> each <strong>of</strong> these types <strong>of</strong> closed question.<br />
Example 5.1: Types <strong>of</strong> closed question<br />
List Question<br />
Please indicate why you have chosen to work for your current employer,<br />
ticking as many reasons from this list as apply:<br />
My current employer is the leader in their field<br />
My current employer pays above the market rate<br />
My current employer is located near to my home<br />
My current employer provides flexible working opportunities<br />
My current employer has a good internal promotion system<br />
My current employer <strong>of</strong>fers high quality training and development<br />
Other (please specify)<br />
Category Question<br />
how old are you?<br />
18–25<br />
26–30<br />
31–35<br />
36–40<br />
41–45<br />
46–50<br />
51–60<br />
61–65<br />
66 or above<br />
Did you vote in the 2005 UK General Election?<br />
Yes<br />
No<br />
Can’t remember<br />
60 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
Ranking Question<br />
Please rank the following from 1 (most important) to 5 (least important)<br />
in terms <strong>of</strong> what you look for when purchasing a new cell phone on a<br />
‘pay as you go’ arrangement<br />
Cell phone features (e.g., camera, Internet access, e-mail)<br />
Cell phone design (e.g., flip top, size, colour)<br />
Price <strong>of</strong> the cell phone<br />
Brand (e.g., Sony Ericsson, Samsung, Nokia, Apple)<br />
Features <strong>of</strong> the ‘pay as you go’ arrangement (e.g., tariffs, bolt-ons,<br />
bonuses)<br />
Rating/Scale Question<br />
Please indicate how important the following are to you when<br />
purchasing a new cell phone on a ‘pay as you go’ arrangement.<br />
Cell phone features (e.g., camera, Internet access, e-mail)<br />
1 = not at all important, 2 = not very important, 3 = neutral/no<br />
opinion, 4 = important, 5 = very important<br />
Cell phone design (e.g., flip top, size, colour)<br />
1 = not at all important, 2 = not very important, 3 = neutral/no<br />
opinion, 4 = important, 5 = very important<br />
Price <strong>of</strong> the cell phone<br />
1 = not at all important, 2 = not very important, 3 = neutral/no<br />
opinion, 4 = important, 5 = very important<br />
Brand (e.g., Sony Ericsson, Samsung, Nokia, Apple)<br />
1 = not at all important, 2 = not very important, 3 = neutral/no<br />
opinion, 4 = important, 5 = very important<br />
Features <strong>of</strong> the ‘pay as you go’ arrangement (e.g., tariffs, bolt-ons,<br />
bonuses)<br />
1 = not at all important, 2 = not very important, 3 = neutral/no<br />
opinion, 4 = important, 5 = very important<br />
Quantity Questions<br />
how many children do you have?<br />
how many overseas business trips have you taken in the last twelve<br />
months?<br />
SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 61
Grid Question<br />
Please complete the following table.<br />
Names <strong>of</strong> people who<br />
live with you<br />
Their age Their relationship to<br />
you (e.g., partner,<br />
daughter, father,<br />
friend)<br />
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
Open questions on the other hand can take the additional form <strong>of</strong> probes which are<br />
“worded like open questions but request a particular focus or direction” (Saunders et<br />
al. 2009:338). Probes can be used as follow up questions to draw a respondent out<br />
if they have not given sufficient information in response to an initial open question,<br />
as in Example 5.2.<br />
Example 5.2: Use <strong>of</strong> a probe as a follow-up question<br />
INTERVIEWER: Can you tell me how you felt when your manager<br />
announced that a new database was being introduced?<br />
RESPONDENT: Oh, I was worried about it. It took me ages to get used<br />
to the database we were using and I thought I would have the same<br />
problem.<br />
INTERVIEWER (probe): That’s interesting. When you say you took a<br />
long time to get used to the existing database was this because it was<br />
complicated to use or was there another reason?<br />
RESPONDENT: Well database X was very complicated to be honest. I<br />
didn’t find it very user-friendly and neither did the people I worked with.<br />
You had to click an awful lot <strong>of</strong> buttons to get it to co-operate and it<br />
took a long time to get the answers you needed. But also I just don’t like<br />
change very much, and I don’t think I’m a very fast learner, especially<br />
when it comes to IT. I think I’m just too old for it all now [laughs].<br />
62 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
Probing ensures that you have the amount <strong>of</strong> detail that you need, but should be<br />
used carefully (see discussion <strong>of</strong> ethics in Section 6).<br />
Question Order and Related Issues<br />
You should try to make your SAQ or interview schedule interesting and relevant to<br />
the respondent from the start, so they are motivated to fully take part. Another good<br />
tip is to warm the respondent up by asking non-controversial questions at the<br />
beginning before turning to more sensitive issues where required. Similarly, the usual<br />
recommendation is that you move from straightforward questions to difficult or<br />
challenging questions which require more thought, again to get the respondent used<br />
to the data gathering process. Note that attitudinal questions can be the hardest to<br />
answer. But don’t necessarily leave the more controversial or more difficult questions<br />
right to the end <strong>of</strong> the schedule as respondents may be tired by this stage and less<br />
able or inclined to answer as a result.<br />
Also on question type, specific questions are much easier to answer than general<br />
ones – so make it clear to the respondent what it is you are asking about. Plus if you<br />
are using rating/scale questions, if no ‘neutral/no opinion’ alternative is provided<br />
in the middle <strong>of</strong> the scale then respondents who actually are neutral or have no<br />
opinion will be forced to invent an answer. however, there is also the phenomenon<br />
<strong>of</strong> middle drift to consider, where if such an option is provided respondents may<br />
choose it even if it doesn’t apply to them as they want to avoid seeming too extreme<br />
in their opinions or behaviours. There are issues <strong>of</strong> what is called social desirability<br />
here – i.e., respondents wanting to paint themselves in a good light. Similarly, a<br />
phenomenon called acquiescence response set apparently means that, if you use<br />
a closed question with an agree/disagree response set, respondents tend to tick the<br />
‘agree’ option, regardless <strong>of</strong> how they actually feel. Again this is because <strong>of</strong> social<br />
desirability, as agreeing with a statement can be seen as more socially acceptable<br />
than disagreeing (depending on the statement <strong>of</strong> course!).<br />
Schedule Length<br />
half an hour is the recommended maximum for phone interviews – although this<br />
could be seen as rather a lengthy maximum! For face to face interviews length is<br />
perhaps more negotiable but remember that the longer the interview the more data<br />
you have to analyse – and the more tired you and your respondent both become. For<br />
SAQs the shorter the better (as long as you are gathering all the data that you need)<br />
as again respondents get tired and bored. Saunders et al. stipulate a maximum <strong>of</strong><br />
between 4 and 8 pages for an SAQ, but again 8 pages seems like quite a lot to us.<br />
You can test this issue out at pilot, as suggested above.<br />
SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 63
Translating a Schedule<br />
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
You may have to translate your schedule (and indeed the resultant data) from the<br />
language spoken by the respondents into English for the project itself 13 . So you need<br />
to think about what might be ‘lost in translation’. Saunders et al. (2009:383–384)<br />
<strong>of</strong>fer some helpful tips in this regard. One <strong>of</strong> these is the importance <strong>of</strong> considering<br />
what they call experiential meaning. The term ‘dual career household’ (i.e., where<br />
both parents work outside <strong>of</strong> the home), say, may not be understood if respondents<br />
have no experience <strong>of</strong> such a phenomenon. So this would not be an appropriate<br />
term to use in such a context. Another example is the difference between idiomatic<br />
meanings and literal or lexical meanings – so ‘grapevine’ in English means the<br />
same, idiomatically or colloquially (i.e., in English slang), as ‘téléphone arabe’ in<br />
French. That is to say, both terms refer to a gossip network. Neither, however, imply<br />
their literal meanings (something which grapes grow on, for the English version, or<br />
an Arab telephone in the French!).<br />
What to Avoid<br />
Lengthy or imprecise questions confuse respondents and lead to poor quality data<br />
as the respondent will not be sure what is being asked. Multiple questions (i.e.,<br />
asking two or three questions in one) also tend to mean that only the last one will be<br />
answered. For example, avoid asking questions like ‘When were you last appraised<br />
and to what extent do you feel you benefited from it?’ Leading questions imply the<br />
answer in the question – e.g., ‘When did you last socialise with your colleagues?’<br />
assumes that the respondent does socialise with colleagues. This means that the<br />
respondent will probably answer in a specific way. Again questions like these are to<br />
be avoided.<br />
Also try not to use technical language and/or abbreviations that respondents may<br />
not be familiar with. Insensitive terminology is likewise to be avoided. For example,<br />
don’t refer to a ‘coloured person’: this is politically incorrect. Use ‘person <strong>of</strong> colour’<br />
instead. Further, don’t use negative questions. Asking something like ‘I have never<br />
experienced sexual harassment in the workplace: agree/disagree’ may produce double<br />
negative answers like ‘I disagree that I have never experienced sexual harassment in<br />
the workplace’. Such questions are confusing for the respondent and for you. Finally,<br />
don’t ask questions that look as if you are examining respondents on their knowledge<br />
<strong>of</strong> specific issues as this can make them feel uncomfortable and resentful.<br />
having established some <strong>of</strong> the generic issues relating to the design <strong>of</strong> direct<br />
questions, we now discuss what you need to bear in mind when designing methodspecific<br />
schedules. First we look at SAQs and structured interviews.<br />
13 Obviously this also applies if you want preliminary comments on your schedule<br />
from a <strong>Blackboard</strong> project tutor (see Section 9).<br />
64 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
Designing Self-Administered Questionnaires and<br />
Structured Interview Schedules<br />
Obviously these two methods are similar in the sense that they involve a predetermined<br />
list <strong>of</strong> questions, but they differ in that SAQs are self-administered whereas the<br />
interviewer asks the questions and records the answers in a structured interview.<br />
Closed or Open Questions?<br />
Ordinarily, as we have established in Section 4, you would tend to keep open<br />
questions to a minimum in SAQs and structured interviews, first because they are<br />
more difficult for respondents to answer in this sort <strong>of</strong> format, and second because<br />
researchers using these methods usually aim for a standardised approach where every<br />
respondent is confined to the same response sets. But you should always consider<br />
adding an ‘other: please specify’ option to a list <strong>of</strong> fixed responses in case the<br />
respondent’s own situation isn’t covered, and/or providing space for them to expand<br />
on a response to a closed question if they wish in an SAQ. Also open questions can<br />
be used in these sorts <strong>of</strong> schedules, especially if you are using a hybrid type method<br />
as also discussed in Section 4.<br />
Start with your Research Question/s<br />
You should start the design process with your overall research question and<br />
subquestions and subdivide these into themes. For example, if the research<br />
question(/s) has to do with how respondents feel about the recently introduced<br />
legislation banning smoking in enclosed UK workplaces, then the data needed might<br />
include their own smoking behaviour plus their attitudes about passive smoking<br />
(inhaling other people’s tobacco smoke) and whether smokers should be provided<br />
with a separate smoking room inside an organisation instead <strong>of</strong> being compelled to<br />
smoke outside. You might also want to know whether such behaviours and attitudes<br />
seem to relate to respondents’ age or gender. Then repeat this step to check that your<br />
proposed themes are exhaustive enough to gather all the data you need.<br />
Think About Data Type and Measurement Issues<br />
having done this, identify the type <strong>of</strong> data needed under each theme. For example,<br />
the data described above for the research on the workplace smoking ban in the<br />
UK fall into all three categories – attitudinal (feelings about passive smoking and<br />
smoking rooms), behavioural (does the respondent smoke?) and factual/attribute/<br />
bio-data (age and gender). So think about the best kinds <strong>of</strong> questions for the types<br />
<strong>of</strong> data needed. Then you need to consider appropriate measurements. Level <strong>of</strong><br />
detail is the issue here. For the example above, you would need to know how many<br />
cigarettes respondents smoke a day as well as simply asking whether they smoke, as<br />
this is likely to have some relationship to their attitudes to the ban itself.<br />
SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 65
What Should the Schedule itself Contain? How Should it be Laid Out?<br />
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
Obviously for SAQs the schedule will be sent to the respondent in writing, whether<br />
this is distribution and collection, snail mail, e-mail, online or by fax. For structured<br />
interviews the researcher will read material out to the respondent from the schedule.<br />
For SAQs in particular then, but arguably structured interviews too, choose a clear<br />
title which grabs respondents’ interest. Then, in the introduction to either type <strong>of</strong><br />
schedule (which is crucial), you need to tell the respondents the following:<br />
• why they have been selected for the research (e.g., because they have a<br />
specific sort <strong>of</strong> occupation) and how they were selected (e.g., randomly from<br />
a list <strong>of</strong> a particular population)<br />
• who you are and what the purpose <strong>of</strong> your research is (i.e., your Pr<strong>of</strong>essional<br />
Management Project, as part <strong>of</strong> your Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Diploma in Management<br />
programme at the <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Leicester</strong> School <strong>of</strong> Management)<br />
• what the research is about (make this fairly brief)<br />
• that confidentiality and anonymity 14 will be maintained, if appropriate –<br />
and this is also the point at which you would ask interview respondents if you<br />
can record the interview, if this is what you want to do<br />
• roughly how long the SAQ or interview will take to complete.<br />
At this stage you might want to ask interview respondents if they have any questions,<br />
or provide your contact details for SAQ respondents for the same reason. For SAQs<br />
you also need to provide instructions for answering the questions (e.g., answer as<br />
many as apply to you, tick the relevant responses, etc.).<br />
Much <strong>of</strong> the above could be done in the form <strong>of</strong> a ‘warning letter’ sent to respondents<br />
a week or so before the interview is done or the SAQ is sent. Some researchers do<br />
both – i.e., repeat the warning letter on the SAQ or as an introduction to the interview<br />
itself. Note that instructions need to be clear for all question types and respondents<br />
may need reminders as the schedule progresses. Interestingly, for closed question<br />
14 Confidentiality as we define it means that only you see or hear the raw data<br />
– i.e., listen to the tapes <strong>of</strong> the interviews or read the notes you have taken, or<br />
have access to completed questionnaires, data collected using structured observation<br />
schedules or non-structured observational field notes. It can also be interpreted to<br />
mean that you will not share the information generated by the data gathering (i.e.,<br />
your analysis) with anyone other than your assessors, so no one else has access to the<br />
<strong>final</strong> project. Remember that having someone else transcribe (more <strong>of</strong> which later)<br />
interview tapes/recordings for you immediately breaches both kinds <strong>of</strong> confidentiality,<br />
so don’t promise this if you are going to have your data transcribed in this way.<br />
Anonymity means that you disguise the identities <strong>of</strong> the organisations and individuals<br />
concerned. Indeed with SAQs in particular you may never know who the respondents<br />
are. We will come back to these issues in Section 6.<br />
66 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
response sets, research suggests that people prefer ticking boxes to circling answers,<br />
so bear this in mind.<br />
You also need to think about the positioning <strong>of</strong> bio-data questions. As we have seen,<br />
these are factual questions about who the respondent is – like their gender, age,<br />
income etc. They can act as a warm-up as they are easy to answer. On the other<br />
hand, questions about age and income might be <strong>of</strong>f-putting at the start as some<br />
respondents could see these as quite sensitive. We suggest in any case that you<br />
ask for data about income or age using bands (eg £25, 000–£29, 999; £30, 000–<br />
£34, 999; £35, 000–£39, 999 etc. OR 18–25, 26–30, 31–35 etc.) rather than directly.<br />
Also please be sure that you need these data – don’t ask for them just because<br />
everyone else seems to! If you don’t have any particular use for information about<br />
respondents’ age, gender, income etc. then don’t include these questions.<br />
You should think about dividing your schedule into sub-sections, because this can<br />
make it seem shorter and more manageable to respondents. Under each section the<br />
questions should then be the same for everyone in the sample. Obviously questions<br />
should be read out verbatim for structured interviews. You may also want to use<br />
flash cards with longer response sets printed on them for specific questions. In<br />
this way you don’t have to read out lists <strong>of</strong> alternatives which the respondent then<br />
has to remember. Instead you can simply pass them the flash card after posing the<br />
question. And for both SAQS and structured interviews, specified prompts can help<br />
a respondent to understand open questions – e.g., you might ask ‘how would you<br />
describe your manager’s style?’ then the prompts would be ‘democratic, authoritarian,<br />
has an open door-policy, hands-<strong>of</strong>f, hands-on etc.’.<br />
Most if not all SAQ/structured interview schedules also contain what are known<br />
as filters or skips. These are used when questions may not apply to every single<br />
respondent. For example, you might ask whether a respondent has children. If they<br />
do they should then answer the questions that follow on childcare. If they don’t they<br />
can be directed to move straight to a later section in an SAQ or the interviewer would<br />
skip to these later questions in an interview format. Filters/skips need to be carefully<br />
designed so that they work properly! This again is something you should check at the<br />
pilot stage.<br />
Finally, in terms <strong>of</strong> your closing comments, say thank you, ask respondents<br />
whether there is anything else they would like to add and for SAQs include return<br />
instructions (which you may also want to add to the introduction, and repeat at<br />
the end). You might <strong>of</strong>fer to send them a copy (or executive summary) <strong>of</strong> the data<br />
analysis if appropriate. This might be simply a matter <strong>of</strong> ethics or courtesy, or it could<br />
be because you would like their comments on a draft version <strong>of</strong> the analysis. This<br />
approach is called respondent validation or member check and can help to ensure<br />
that your analysis actually reflects what the respondents have told you. More on the<br />
ethics <strong>of</strong> respondent validation in Section 6.<br />
SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 67
Designing Semi-Structured and<br />
Unstructured Interview Schedules<br />
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
Again we take these two methods together as they are so closely related. There are<br />
many similarities here to the process already outlined in the section above, but we<br />
highlight differences where they exist.<br />
Closed or Open Questions?<br />
The majority <strong>of</strong> questions in these sorts <strong>of</strong> schedules will probably be open with a<br />
view to gathering rich, qualitative data. however, closed questions can be used; for<br />
example, for gathering bio-/factual data and warming the respondent up. Probes are<br />
also particularly useful in this sort <strong>of</strong> interviewing.<br />
Follow the Advice Given Already<br />
As suggested, the process <strong>of</strong> designing schedules for these sorts <strong>of</strong> interviews is<br />
similar to that for SAQ/structured interview design. But remember that most <strong>of</strong> the<br />
questions will be open and that the actual questions you ask and the order in which<br />
you ask them will vary depending on the respondent – in other words, your schedule<br />
is indicative only. It will give you a list <strong>of</strong> themes that you want to cover and some<br />
suggestions for relevant questions under each.<br />
What Should the Schedule itself Contain? How Should it be Laid Out?<br />
Begin with an introductory spiel about who you are, why you are doing the research,<br />
why you want to interview the respondent, why and how they were selected and<br />
what the research is for, as well as its main focus. Offer reassurances <strong>of</strong> confidentiality<br />
and anonymity (if appropriate), and ask whether you can record the interview (if<br />
appropriate). You should also ask whether the respondent has any questions for you.<br />
Again all <strong>of</strong> this could also be done via a ‘warning letter’ as above. The schedule<br />
should then continue into a list <strong>of</strong> headings with indicative questions under each. In<br />
other words, the headings cover the broad issues you want to explore plus suggested<br />
wordings for the questions which come under each heading. Also think about probes<br />
– what kinds <strong>of</strong> questions you might use to get respondents to say more about<br />
specific subjects. Your closing comments should again take the form <strong>of</strong> a thank you,<br />
plus asking the respondent whether they have anything else to add and <strong>of</strong>fering<br />
them a copy <strong>of</strong> your data analysis if appropriate (as above). Example 5.3 contains an<br />
excerpt from a focus group schedule to illustrate what these kinds <strong>of</strong> schedules might<br />
look like.<br />
68 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
Example 5.3: Excerpt from a focus group schedule<br />
What follows is an excerpt from the schedule that Brewis (2004) used<br />
to gather data from a series <strong>of</strong> focus groups. As we saw earlier in this<br />
section, her research questions focused on thirty-something women’s<br />
attitudes to and experiences <strong>of</strong> work, personal relationships and urban<br />
existence in London. here are some <strong>of</strong> her indicative questions.<br />
• What would be your perfect job? has this ideal changed? If you<br />
don’t have your perfect job, why not? Does such a thing exist?<br />
• Do you consider yourself to be good at your job? Why? What<br />
does it mean to be successful at work?<br />
• What does work mean to you? Is it important for women to<br />
work? Would you ever consider relying on a partner for financial<br />
support? have any <strong>of</strong> these opinions changed over the course <strong>of</strong><br />
time?<br />
• Would you say you have made sacrifices/put other things on hold<br />
for your job? If so, what and why? If not, why not?<br />
• What comes first, work or personal life? has this always been<br />
true? Is work/life balance important to you? Why/not? Do you<br />
think you have achieved it?<br />
• What does it mean to be in a relationship? Is it possible to have<br />
the perfect relationship/to find one’s other half? What about<br />
monogamy?<br />
• Why do you live/work in London or the environs? Does it fulfil your<br />
expectations? Would you move somewhere else if you could? If<br />
so, where and why don’t you? If not, why not?<br />
• What would you change about living here? What are the key<br />
urban problems? how do they affect you?<br />
SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 69
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
Just before we move to look at designing observation schedules, please also bear<br />
these wise words in mind:<br />
“The researcher should be warned against assuming that a ‘nondirective’<br />
interview, where the interviewee talks freely without<br />
interruption or intervention, is the way to achieve a clear picture <strong>of</strong><br />
the interviewee’s perspective. This is far from true. It is more likely<br />
to produce no clear picture in the mind <strong>of</strong> the interviewee <strong>of</strong> what<br />
questions or issues the interviewer is interested in, and in the mind<br />
<strong>of</strong> the interviewer, <strong>of</strong> what questions the interviewee is answering.”<br />
(Easterby-Smith et al. 2008:142)<br />
In other words, unstructured, non-directive interviews can be confusing and unsettling<br />
for the respondent; a bit like a therapeutic interview where the therapist is relatively<br />
silent and expects the interviewee to do all the talking. They won’t necessarily allow<br />
you to actually get a sense <strong>of</strong> respondents’ thoughts and opinions – so make sure, if<br />
you want to do this kind <strong>of</strong> interview, that you are clear on your purpose and areas<br />
<strong>of</strong> interest. It’s certainly not a method to use when you don’t really know what you<br />
want to look at!<br />
We now leave behind schedules which use direct questions and move to briefly<br />
consider issues around the design <strong>of</strong> observation schedules, where you are watching<br />
what your respondents do as opposed to asking them questions about their behaviour.<br />
Designing Observation Schedules<br />
Data to be gathered here might relate to:<br />
• the layout <strong>of</strong> the space you are observing<br />
• the actors within it and what they do<br />
• the objects in the space (e.g., desks, chairs, PCs), and how the actors ‘interact’<br />
with these objects<br />
• specific occasions like meetings<br />
• time issues (e.g., how long it takes to do something, how frequently things<br />
are done or the sequence in which they are done)<br />
• goals (what do the actors’ goals appear to be?); and feelings (likewise).<br />
Remember also that behaviour can be verbal (what is said), non-verbal (body<br />
movements, gestures, expressions etc.), spatial (how people move around an area),<br />
extra-linguistic (e.g., tone, volume, pace <strong>of</strong> speech) etc. Obviously you need to<br />
think about collecting the kind <strong>of</strong> data which will allow you to answer your research<br />
70 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
questions. So even with non-structured observation there will be issues you are more<br />
– or less – interested in.<br />
For structured observation, however, you need to consider the following issues when<br />
designing your schedule:<br />
• Are the categories on your schedule clearly defined so that it will be easy to<br />
use in practice?<br />
• You need to ensure that your categories don’t overlap, and that they cover<br />
all the issues you are interested in – you may also have to include a ‘residual’<br />
category for behaviours that aren’t easy to categorise.<br />
• Is the schedule easy to use, like a simple tick box or tally mark scheme?<br />
Now we have covered sampling and design, let’s consider what you should be aware<br />
<strong>of</strong> when you are actually ‘in the field’; i.e., collecting your primary data/administering<br />
your research schedule.<br />
Administering Research Schedules<br />
Administering a Questionnaire<br />
First, make sure your schedule is presented in either 10, 11 or 12 point text so that it<br />
is easy for respondents to read. Twelve point should always be the default setting, as<br />
it is so standard. Also try and strike a balance between presenting the questionnaire<br />
on too many pages so that it looks lengthy and <strong>of</strong>f-putting, and squashing it all in so<br />
it becomes difficult to read. Third, you might want to consider using coloured paper<br />
if you are printing the questionnaire out so that it grabs attention – e.g., yellow<br />
and pink are both said to be warm and appealing colours. Or use colours and/or<br />
different fonts and typefaces for instructions or subtitles to make them stand out.<br />
however, don’t overdo it: this will make the SAQ look untidy and unpr<strong>of</strong>essional. And<br />
remember that capitals and italics can also be hard to read. Further, we suggest you<br />
stick to commonly used fonts like Arial or Times New Roman.<br />
If using snail mail or distribution and collection as your channel, make sure the SAQ<br />
is printed on good quality paper, and use good quality envelopes. This is a matter <strong>of</strong><br />
pr<strong>of</strong>essionalism and making the right first impression. Also if using snail mail, firstclass<br />
post or the equivalent gets the SAQ there faster and enhances first impressions:<br />
the same is true <strong>of</strong> using correct names and addresses on the envelopes. Also include<br />
a stamped or franked self-addressed envelope if possible to encourage response –<br />
although, as with first class post, this does increase your costs. In terms <strong>of</strong> when you<br />
should send out/distribute an SAQ, if they are going to a workplace, the usual advice<br />
is to time them to arrive at the start <strong>of</strong> the working week. If you are sending SAQs to<br />
private homes (unlikely in your project research, and may be viewed as an invasion <strong>of</strong><br />
SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 71
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
privacy), time them to arrive at the start <strong>of</strong> the weekend. Also think about the time <strong>of</strong><br />
year – avoid major vacations (e.g., Christmas in the UK) as far as you can.<br />
You can also use follow-ups to increase response rate. This means sending a reminder<br />
and/or a duplicate questionnaire to respondents after the deadline has passed, to<br />
encourage those who haven’t responded to do so. This would <strong>of</strong> course need to<br />
go to everyone if it is an anonymous SAQ as you won’t know who has responded<br />
already. If this is the case, remember to thank those who have responded in your<br />
introduction/covering letter. The usual advice is to send the first follow-up a week<br />
after the deadline has passed. Up to three follow-ups have been shown to improve<br />
response rates, but there are time and resource implications here, and in any case this<br />
finding might not apply to all samples. Remember also that research using SAQs is<br />
usually survey type research, which implies treating all respondents identically in your<br />
administration to achieve standardisation.<br />
Administering Interviews – General Points<br />
We start with some generic observations about conducting interviews before <strong>of</strong>fering<br />
some more specific pointers about different types <strong>of</strong> interview. First then, in terms <strong>of</strong><br />
arranging when the interviews will take place, try and accommodate your respondents<br />
rather than them having to accommodate you when setting interviews up. This is<br />
just a matter <strong>of</strong> common courtesy. And be honest about how long the interview is<br />
likely to take so respondents can schedule accordingly: you should know this from<br />
your pilot test. Plus be sensitive to logistics when arranging interviews. Make sure<br />
you have enough time to travel from one to another, and leave yourself space to<br />
have breaks and so on. And think about the setting for the interview. For example,<br />
interviewing people at work about work may cause them to be reticent for fear <strong>of</strong><br />
being overheard – so might another setting be more appropriate? On the other hand,<br />
asking them to come on to ‘your territory’ might also unsettle respondents. Consider<br />
the best location for your data gathering carefully. For example, when Brewis (2004)<br />
ran the aforementioned focus groups, she held them in her own home: because she<br />
already knew the majority <strong>of</strong> the women taking part, this was a familiar, comfortable<br />
and welcoming setting for the data gathering.<br />
Before you start the interview proper, use some icebreakers – i.e., innocuous questions<br />
about their day so far – to help to warm respondents up and to establish rapport.<br />
You can also collect bio-data early on as already suggested as a warm-up, as well as<br />
these data being useful information in and <strong>of</strong> themselves (bearing in mind though<br />
that some bio-data may be regarded as sensitive). Throughout the interview try as<br />
far as you can not to give away your own perceptions and biases too much through<br />
your non-verbal cues (body language, expressions, tone <strong>of</strong> voice, emphasis etc.),<br />
and try not to interrupt when respondents are speaking. Show that you are actively<br />
listening – maintain an attentive posture and an interested tone <strong>of</strong> voice as well as<br />
a natural, conversational level <strong>of</strong> eye contact. Moreover, going too slowly will make<br />
the interview boring for both <strong>of</strong> you, whereas going too fast means the respondent<br />
doesn’t have time to consider or expand on their answers.<br />
72 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
Recording the data themselves is also an issue. Audio recording <strong>of</strong> whatever kind<br />
allows you to focus on asking questions and listening to respondents. It also gives<br />
you a full record <strong>of</strong> the data including ‘ums’, ‘ahs’, pauses, laughter, tone etc., and<br />
it means you can use direct quotations from the data in your analysis. On the other<br />
hand, these benefits may be less <strong>of</strong> an issue in structured interviews, and using a<br />
digital or tape recorder may also mean that the respondent focuses on the machine<br />
and feels inhibited. In addition, you may experience technical difficulties (e.g. tapes<br />
snapping, batteries running out and technical malfunctions). Always take written<br />
notes anyway, or make a written record straight after the interview, and don’t forget<br />
to ask for the respondent’s permission to record before the interview starts. You<br />
could even give the respondent control over the recorder – i.e., allow them to turn<br />
it <strong>of</strong>f when they don’t want to be recorded talking about a specific issue. We will<br />
discuss whether or not you need a transcript <strong>of</strong> your data (i.e., a full and complete<br />
typed record <strong>of</strong> everything that was said) in Section 8. And on a related note, what<br />
<strong>of</strong> <strong>of</strong>f the record or hand on the door data? Sometimes respondents will tell you<br />
things after the recorder has been turned <strong>of</strong>f at the end <strong>of</strong> the session or you’ve<br />
stopped taking notes … what do you do with these data? It’s up to you, but you<br />
must never use them if respondents specifically request that you do not.<br />
Administering a Structured Interview<br />
As well as all the pointers above, there are some specific issues concerning the<br />
administration <strong>of</strong> this type <strong>of</strong> interview. First, print the schedule on one side <strong>of</strong> the<br />
paper only so you don’t have to flip pages back and forward when asking questions.<br />
Make sure too that the instructions you need to follow are clearly indicated so you can<br />
follow them easily – e.g., when to skip a question and so on. As for your demeanour,<br />
in general a pleasant but pr<strong>of</strong>essional approach is probably called for here. A fairly<br />
businesslike outfit is also recommended as the general idea is usually to treat all<br />
respondents the same and to maintain some kind <strong>of</strong> objectivity or distance from<br />
them.<br />
Don’t try and learn your schedule <strong>of</strong>f by heart – this creates too much pressure on<br />
you – but try and be fairly familiar with it so you can maintain a natural level <strong>of</strong><br />
eye contact with the respondent, and not have to keep looking down. And keep to<br />
the schedule: after all, you chose this method for its structure! Make sure that you<br />
record all answers accurately, perhaps with a tape/digital recorder, or by making the<br />
majority <strong>of</strong> your questions closed (as already discussed) so you can just tick boxes.<br />
And remember the issue <strong>of</strong> identical treatment, as discussed above for SAQs. This is<br />
harder to maintain for structured interviews as they take place for the most part face<br />
to face, and variations are therefore more difficult to avoid.<br />
Administering Semi- and Unstructured Interviews<br />
In this case it can sometimes be an idea to send respondents a list <strong>of</strong> themes or<br />
aims <strong>of</strong> the interview in advance (with your ‘warning letter’ maybe?) so they can<br />
give these some thought before the actual session takes place. Appearance-wise, we<br />
recommend that you tailor your appearance to them. If they are likely to be smart, you<br />
should dress smartly and vice versa. Remember that the usual idea here to set them<br />
SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 73
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
at their ease and maximise rapport as a result. During the interview itself you need<br />
to listen carefully to what respondents are saying and how they are saying it so you<br />
can decide on the next question quickly as well as to prevent respondents becoming<br />
upset by a line <strong>of</strong> questioning (more on which in Section 6). Make sure you cover all<br />
the relevant areas before closing an interview – check your schedule! If you are not<br />
sure what a respondent means, ask them to clarify using a probe. Summarising at<br />
certain junctures what you have picked up from what a respondent has told you also<br />
ensures you have understood what they are saying. Finally, again being relatively<br />
familiar with your schedule is a good idea for reasons discussed above.<br />
Administering Observation<br />
Pointers here include maintaining your chosen type <strong>of</strong> observation (e.g., structured<br />
and non-participant). Presumably you have decided on a particular approach for<br />
good reasons so stick to it unless there are overwhelming reasons to change. For<br />
non-structured observation, take notes on the spot as far as possible. Use written<br />
notes or a laptop or palmtop, so you are recording things whilst they are happening<br />
and not relying on your memory, unless you have agreed to video what is going on<br />
as well. And don’t start another session until you’ve written up your data from the<br />
previous observation session – otherwise sessions can become blurred in your mind.<br />
You may also need to let respondents get used to you being there for a while – so<br />
that you become ‘part <strong>of</strong> the furniture’ – before actually starting to record the data<br />
proper. This can reduce the observer effect, where your presence makes people<br />
behave in unnatural ways.<br />
Summary<br />
1. Sampling techniques determine your ability to generalise; but it is highly<br />
unlikely that you will be able to achieve a representative sample in your <strong>PMP</strong>.<br />
2. A good schedule design means your findings will stand up to the ‘closest<br />
scrutiny’.<br />
3. Attention to a range <strong>of</strong> issues is paramount here – e.g., pilot test, data type<br />
and detail, closed versus open questions, choice <strong>of</strong> channel, length <strong>of</strong> schedule<br />
etc.<br />
4. Administering a schedule also requires consideration <strong>of</strong> several factors; e.g.,<br />
whether to use follow-ups for SAQs, logistics for setting up interviews, only<br />
printing the schedule on one side <strong>of</strong> the paper for structured interviews etc.<br />
74 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
� Key Reading<br />
� Tasks<br />
You should now visit <strong>Blackboard</strong> to identify the key reading from<br />
the companion text<strong>book</strong> and to complete the tasks for this section<br />
<strong>of</strong> the <strong>module</strong>. You may also wish to discuss these tasks with the<br />
tutor and other students on the relevant <strong>module</strong> support forum, but<br />
do remember that others may be progressing through the <strong>module</strong><br />
either more slowly or more quickly than you. Additional support<br />
material for this section can be found in the same section <strong>of</strong> the<br />
<strong>Blackboard</strong> <strong>module</strong> site.<br />
References<br />
The following are the sources which were used to compile this section. Chapters<br />
or excerpts are specified to suggest material which should be especially relevant to<br />
issues covered in the section.<br />
Alvesson, M. and S. Deetz (2000) Doing Critical Management Research London: Sage<br />
chapter 3<br />
Brewis, J. (2004) ‘Sex and not the city? The aspirations <strong>of</strong> the thirty-something<br />
working woman’ Urban Studies 41(9):1821–1838<br />
Brewis, J. (2000) ‘When a body meet a body ... : experiencing the female body at<br />
work’ in L. McKie and N. Watson (eds.) Organising Bodies: Policy, Institutions and<br />
Work houndmills, Basingstoke: Macmillan pp. 166–184<br />
Bryman, A. and E. Bell (2007) Business Research Methods 2 nd Edition. Oxford: Oxford<br />
<strong>University</strong> Press chapters 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 17 and 18<br />
Easterby-Smith, M., R. Thorpe and A. Lowe (2008) Management Research 3 rd Edition.<br />
London: Sage chapters 7 and 9<br />
Gummesson, E. (2000) Qualitative Methods in Management Research 2 nd Edition.<br />
Thousand Oaks, California: Sage chapters 1 and 3, pp. 172–188<br />
Jankowicz, A.D. (2005) Business Research Projects 4 th Edition. London: Thomson<br />
Learning chapters 4 and 8<br />
Peters, T.J. and R.h. Waterman Jr. (1982) In Search <strong>of</strong> Excellence: Lessons From<br />
America’s Best-Run Companies New York: harper and Row<br />
SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 75
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
Robson, C. (2002) Real World Research: A Resource for Social Scientists and<br />
Practitioner-Researchers 2 nd Edition. Oxford: Blackwell chapters 8, 9 and 11<br />
Saunders, M., P. Lewis and A. Thornhill (2009) Research Methods for Business<br />
Students. 5 th Edition. harlow: Financial Times Prentice hall chapters 7, 9, 10 and 11<br />
Silverman, D. (2000) Doing Qualitative Research: A Practical Hand<strong>book</strong> London: Sage<br />
chapter 26<br />
Silverman, D. (2005) Doing Qualitative Research: A Practical Hand<strong>book</strong>, 2 nd Edition.<br />
London: Sage chapters 1 and 7<br />
76 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT
Pr<strong>of</strong>essional management Project<br />
school <strong>of</strong> management<br />
section 6<br />
Planning, Access and Ethics
Pr<strong>of</strong>essional management Project<br />
school <strong>of</strong> management
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
SECTION 6<br />
Planning, Access and Ethics<br />
Learning Outcomes<br />
having studied this section <strong>of</strong> the <strong>module</strong> you will be able to:<br />
• plan your research within a flexible time structure<br />
• consider how to gain access to data ‘in the field’<br />
• understand the difference between physical and cognitive access<br />
• understand the importance and value <strong>of</strong> maintaining an ethical<br />
approach<br />
• understand how to design your project so it conforms to ethical<br />
standards.<br />
Introduction<br />
In this section we cover issues around planning and timetabling your research, getting<br />
access to empirical sites to collect primary data and the broad area <strong>of</strong> research<br />
ethics. Please note that research ethics in particular is an area that we would urge<br />
you to take very seriously indeed: it is impossible to cover all <strong>of</strong> the relevant themes<br />
in a <strong>book</strong> like this, so you are encouraged to read more widely around this subject<br />
especially.<br />
Research Planning<br />
Make a Plan But Don’t Expect it to Work Out this Way!<br />
“Trouble awaits those unwary souls who believe that research flows<br />
smoothly and naturally from questions to answers via a well-organized<br />
data collection system” (hodgson and Rollnick, cited in Robson 2002:84)<br />
Planning your research – i.e., creating a step by step timetable for everything you<br />
need to do up to and including submission <strong>of</strong> your project – allows you to structure<br />
your time effectively and to cover all the necessary bases. But bear hodgson and<br />
Rollnick’s warning in mind, and make your plan flexible. New opportunities can<br />
SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 77
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
come up unexpectedly (like the publication <strong>of</strong> a new piece <strong>of</strong> research which suggests<br />
a slightly different direction to the one you originally selected for your project). The<br />
same is true <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances (like not achieving access to your chosen<br />
organisation/s or a change in your personal situation such as a new job). Build in as<br />
much slack time – i.e., time to deal with such opportunities and circumstances – as<br />
you can. We also recommend that you have contingency plans as already suggested<br />
in Section 4 – e.g., a backup list <strong>of</strong> other organisations which you can contact for<br />
access if your first choice(/s) doesn’t work out.<br />
Another thing to remember is that research almost always takes longer than you<br />
think it will. hodgson and Rollnick provide a series <strong>of</strong> half-humorous and half-serious<br />
pointers in this regard – e.g., that getting started on the project itself will take twice<br />
as long as the data collection and that a research project will change at least twice<br />
in the middle <strong>of</strong> the process. Plans should also work concurrently as far as possible.<br />
In other words, you can be working on several steps at once, such as drafting a<br />
literature review at the same time as negotiating research access, or working on your<br />
data analysis at the same time as drafting your methodology chapter.<br />
The Desirable Versus the Possible<br />
“In the conflict between the desirable and the possible [in research],<br />
the possible always wins.”<br />
(Buchanan et al., cited in Saunders et al. 2009:71)<br />
Our second epigram in this section is one <strong>of</strong> the most sensible things ever said about<br />
research! What you actually achieve (the possible) is almost always different from<br />
what you set out to achieve (the desirable). This is not problematic in terms <strong>of</strong> the<br />
quality <strong>of</strong> the finished project as long as (a) you have slack time and contingency<br />
plans in place when the desired approach turns out not to be feasible; and (b) you<br />
acknowledge any limitations <strong>of</strong> your research due to the difference between the<br />
desirable and the possible in the appropriate places in the project. Refer back to<br />
Section 1 for more discussion <strong>of</strong> the latter point.<br />
What Should a Research Plan Contain?<br />
As distance learning students you will all be completing your projects over different<br />
periods <strong>of</strong> time depending on your individual circumstances. You should therefore<br />
start the planning process by setting a date when you would like to <strong>final</strong>ly submit.<br />
Don’t make this the same date as the date when you must submit the project in order<br />
to gain your degree (i.e., two years after your initial registration). Leave yourself some<br />
time in between – again to allow for any opportunities or problems to be dealt with.<br />
Also remember, as set out in the Diploma hand<strong>book</strong>, that all your coursework, as well<br />
as your project, must be completed by 1st September if you wish to be considered<br />
at the November/December Examination Board and to have the opportunity<br />
to graduate the following January. Likewise,1st March is the deadline for those<br />
who wish to be considered at the summer Examination Board, so as to have the<br />
opportunity to graduate in July that year. BUT DO NOT TRY TO RUSh ThROUGh YOUR<br />
PROJECT! MANY STUDENTS IN ThE PAST hAVE TRIED TO SQUEEZE ThEIR RESEARCh<br />
78 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
INTO AN INAPPROPRIATE TIMEFRAME, JUST TO SUBMIT EIThER BY 1ST SEPTEMBER<br />
OR 1ST MARCh. ThEY hAVE FAILED ThEIR PROJECT MODULE AS A RESULT. DON’T<br />
LET ThIS hAPPEN TO YOU. IT IS MUCh MORE SENSIBLE TO TAKE ThE TIME ThAT YOU<br />
NEED TO DO ThE BEST JOB YOU CAN!<br />
Once you have decided your submission date, you can then work backwards from<br />
this date and allocate weeks or months when each step <strong>of</strong> the plan will be undertaken.<br />
What follows are the elements <strong>of</strong> a plan for empirical projects. For theoretical or<br />
library projects, the steps relating to methodological design, gaining access and data<br />
gathering and analysis should be replaced by additional plans for accessing, reading,<br />
evaluating and synthesising subject-specific literature/s.<br />
• Give yourself time to generate your topic in the first instance, and to<br />
identify your research question/s. As we have suggested in Sections 2 and<br />
3, developing research questions should involve a scan <strong>of</strong> the subject-specific<br />
literature. This material – on organisational structure, organisational culture,<br />
relationship marketing, charismatic leadership, stress, productivity, employee<br />
motivation, the supply chain, auditing, whatever – will form the basis for<br />
refining your research ideas.<br />
• Ensure that your timetable makes room for ongoing discussions with your<br />
supervisor via one <strong>of</strong> the Discussion Boards on <strong>Blackboard</strong> (see Section 9).<br />
This should allow for discussion before the tutor approves your proposal (see<br />
below) and afterwards while the research proper is taking place.<br />
• Decide when you will produce your draft literature review, remembering<br />
that you also need to make time for keeping up with any developments or<br />
‘new finds’ in the subject-specific literature throughout the project process.<br />
The literature review has many functions, as noted in Section 2, but one<br />
additional benefit <strong>of</strong> putting together a draft is that it gets you over the<br />
first hurdle <strong>of</strong> starting to write the actual project. Also consider where you<br />
are likely to get your literature from – your distance learning centre?; local<br />
university libraries?; through the full text databases on the <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong><br />
<strong>Leicester</strong> library website?; elsewhere on the Internet?; all <strong>of</strong> the above? etc.<br />
There are <strong>of</strong> also course time implications relating to each <strong>of</strong> these options. If<br />
you want to use material from other university libraries you need to check out<br />
what your access and borrowing privileges will be – if any. Students located<br />
in the UK might also want to consider using the British Library in London (see<br />
http://www.bl.uk/ for details). Refer back to your Foundations <strong>of</strong> Management<br />
<strong>module</strong> <strong>book</strong> for tips on where you can find the relevant material (Section 4:<br />
Learning Resources).<br />
• Also give yourself time to (re)read the methodology literature in order<br />
to <strong>final</strong>ise your methodology (how you will go about gathering/accessing<br />
your empirical data, whether they are primary or secondary). If you are doing<br />
primary empirical work then deciding on your methodology means identifying<br />
SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 79
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
an appropriate method but also choosing your sample and how you will go<br />
about selecting it. You will also need to design your schedule, if appropriate,<br />
and pilot it.<br />
• You need to write your one page research proposal. See the Proposal<br />
Pr<strong>of</strong>orma – the structure <strong>of</strong> which must be followed for all proposal<br />
submissions – in the same place as the Project Guidelines on <strong>Blackboard</strong>.<br />
The Guidelines also <strong>of</strong>fer additional support on how to compile the proposal.<br />
The proposal should be submitted via the Discussion Board you are using,<br />
once both you and the tutor there are satisfied that you have identified<br />
suitable research questions, suitable subject-specific literature/s and a suitable<br />
methodology where relevant. We also strongly recommend that you continue<br />
with your literature review and/or your methodological reading whilst you<br />
are waiting for formal tutor approval as opposed to embarking on your<br />
data collection, in case the tutor recommends substantial changes to your<br />
research ideas. PLEASE ALSO NOTE ThAT, ALThOUGh ThE PROPOSAL DOES<br />
NOT FORM PART OF ThE MARK EVENTUALLY AWARDED FOR ThE PROJECT,<br />
YOU MUST hAVE SUBMITTED A PROPOSAL, AND hAVE hAD IT APPROVED ON<br />
BLACKBOARD. OThERWISE WE WILL NOT BE ABLE TO MARK YOUR PROJECT<br />
WhEN IT IS SUBMITTED. YOU MUST ALSO DOWNLOAD AND INCLUDE ThE<br />
APPROVAL MESSAGE FROM ThE TUTOR AS PART OF YOUR FINAL PROJECT<br />
SUBMISSION. PROJECTS SUBMITTED WIThOUT ThIS APPROVAL MESSAGE<br />
WILL BE RETURNED WIThOUT hAVING BEEN ASSESSED. AGAIN, SEE ThE<br />
PROJECT GUIDELINES FOR MORE INFORMATION.<br />
• Do you need to gain research access? If so, when will you do this? Also build<br />
in time to alter your methodology or to secure access elsewhere if necessary<br />
following these negotiations. More on access below.<br />
• When will you actually collect/access your primary and/or secondary data?<br />
When will you produce your draft methodology chapter? When will you<br />
analyse your data and draft the relevant chapter? All <strong>of</strong> these stages need<br />
to be included in your plan.<br />
• Also make time for producing your introduction, conclusion,<br />
recommendations, reflections, bibliography, appendices and redrafts <strong>of</strong><br />
chapters already written.<br />
• Finally, what about formatting, pro<strong>of</strong>reading etc.? Again see the Project<br />
Guidelines), and make time for all <strong>of</strong> this in your plan.<br />
• Which leads us to your <strong>final</strong> submission date.<br />
We also recommend that, for empirical projects, you keep a diary <strong>of</strong> how your data<br />
gathering progresses from start to finish (from choice <strong>of</strong> method through to data<br />
analysis). This will help as an aide mémoire when you are writing up your methodology<br />
and data analysis chapters. Something else we recommend when devising your plan<br />
is to check it out with one <strong>of</strong> the project support forum tutors on <strong>Blackboard</strong> at an<br />
80 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
early stage, to ensure it is both feasible and comprehensive. Also see Thinking point<br />
6.1 for an illustration <strong>of</strong> how not to do it!<br />
Thinking point 6.1: A very ambitious research plan<br />
Giulia is a Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Diploma in Management student. She also<br />
manages a local clothes shop, and <strong>of</strong>ten works six days a week, as well<br />
as having a partner, three children and an active social life. Giulia always<br />
feels as if she is short <strong>of</strong> time, and tends to try and do her Diploma work<br />
as quickly as she can because she has so many other things demanding<br />
her attention. Giulia has decided that for her project she wants to find<br />
out about the extent to which the independent shops in her local area<br />
have training and development plans in place, how staff feel about the<br />
presence or absence <strong>of</strong> these plans and whether this has a negative<br />
or positive impact on their behaviour at work. This is as a result <strong>of</strong> her<br />
own experiences <strong>of</strong> managing the clothes shop, and also because <strong>of</strong><br />
the reading she has done which suggests that small and medium sized<br />
businesses – and retail businesses in particular – tend to neglect formal<br />
hRM activities. The literature argues that this can have a detrimental<br />
effect on staff’s motivation, commitment and performance.<br />
Giulia wants to interview four shop managers and four members <strong>of</strong><br />
staff (one per shop). But she has left her project very late and now has<br />
only six weeks until her registration on the programme expires, on 1st<br />
September 2010. She has finished reading the Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Management<br />
Project <strong>module</strong> <strong>book</strong> and develops the following research plan to try<br />
and cram all the necessary work in:<br />
Generate topic/research questions: as a result <strong>of</strong> her reading for her<br />
Managing People and Organizations elective <strong>module</strong>, Giulia has already<br />
decided on her topic and refined her research questions.<br />
Draft literature review: Giulia sets aside one week for reading and<br />
drafting her literature review. She knows that she can’t just resubmit<br />
her MPO assignment as the literature review. However she thinks she<br />
can return to the notes she took for this assignment, and do a very fast<br />
search on the <strong>University</strong> databases to update these notes, then turn it<br />
all into the finished draft in seven days. 15.7.10–21.7.10<br />
Read methodology literature and <strong>final</strong>ise methodology: Giulia allows a<br />
week for this, including designing and piloting her interview schedules<br />
(one for managers, one for staff). She is going to use her deputy manager<br />
and one <strong>of</strong> her staff team to pilot the schedules. 22.7.10–28.7.10<br />
SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 81
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
Writing and submitting one page project proposal: Giulia decides she<br />
doesn’t have time to do this, so leaves it out <strong>of</strong> the plan altogether.<br />
Gaining access: Giulia already has good contacts with her fellow local<br />
shop managers so she reckons she can make a few quick phone calls<br />
one evening and set all <strong>of</strong> the interviews up that way. 29.7.10<br />
Collect data: Giulia sets aside two weeks for this. She knows that retail<br />
staff <strong>of</strong>ten work part time so aren’t always available on any given day.<br />
30.7.10–13.8.10<br />
Draft methodology: Another week is set aside here. Giulia thinks she’s<br />
done the necessary reading already so putting the draft together<br />
shouldn’t take long. 14.8.10–21.8.10<br />
Data analysis and draft data analysis chapter: Giulia figures she will<br />
have all the material she needs by this point – both subject-specific<br />
literature and data – so she sets aside another week for this process.<br />
22.8.10–28.8.10<br />
Introduction, conclusion, recommendations, reflections, bibliography,<br />
appendices, redraft: Giulia decides she can do all <strong>of</strong> this in two days.<br />
29.8.10–30.8.10<br />
Formatting and pro<strong>of</strong>reading: Giulia sets aside one day for this. 31.8.10<br />
Final submission date: 1.9.2010<br />
Giulia has made several fundamental errors in putting her research plan<br />
together. Based on our recommendations for compiling a research plan,<br />
what do you think they are? What can you do to avoid them in your<br />
own plan?<br />
And so to actually getting in to organisations – or wherever – to collect your primary<br />
data. In other words, we now consider the vexed question <strong>of</strong> achieving access.<br />
Research Access<br />
How Much Access Do You Need? What About Cognitive Access?<br />
We know from a Section 4 task that some methods are more intrusive than others –<br />
e.g., observation (more intrusive, especially in its participant form) versus SAQs (less<br />
intrusive, especially where you never meet the respondents). There are also different<br />
types <strong>of</strong> access. Physical access means getting agreement to actually gather your<br />
82 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
data from the gatekeeper 15 <strong>of</strong> the organisation/s concerned. Cognitive access<br />
means being able to access your respondents’ real opinions – getting them to trust<br />
you and open up to you. So while you may achieve physical access – say the hR<br />
Director gives you permission to interview a sample <strong>of</strong> the employees at Organisation<br />
X – you also need to consider how you will go about achieving cognitive access so<br />
that your respondents will actually provide you with meaningful data. Techniques<br />
like the ‘warning letter’, good schedule design and piloting, effective administration<br />
(all covered in Section 5) and ensuring that you pay careful attention to the ethics <strong>of</strong><br />
research (covered later in this section) help in this latter respect.<br />
Leave Enough Time<br />
Negotiating access can be time consuming especially if you are cold-calling (i.e.,<br />
you have no prior contact with or knowledge <strong>of</strong> the organisation). Then you need<br />
to make the initial contact, and possibly follow it up if you don’t hear anything for a<br />
while. You may also not select the right person to approach in the first instance and<br />
have to start again with someone else. Further, you may need to physically meet with<br />
someone at the organisation/s to agree the terms <strong>of</strong> your access. These difficulties<br />
and obstacles are all good reasons why access negotiation should not be ignored<br />
in your research plan, and why you need to set aside a sensible amount <strong>of</strong> time to<br />
complete the negotiations.<br />
Warm Contacts Versus Cold-Calling<br />
The usual advice is to draw on any track record you have with the organisation/s<br />
where you want to collect or access data – e.g., a partner, relative or friend who<br />
works there or has worked there in the past. These kinds <strong>of</strong> warm contacts allow<br />
those inside the organisation to vouch for you, tell you whom to speak to and so on<br />
– they generally smooth the path <strong>of</strong> access negotiations. Indeed perhaps you work at<br />
the organisation now or have worked there previously (i.e., you are an insider). This<br />
is beneficial as you will have some knowledge <strong>of</strong> the organisation’s history and its<br />
politics, as well as who to approach for permission. Plus it should mean that you have<br />
considerable credibility with the people concerned. On the downside, perhaps there<br />
are or were status differences between you and your respondents – could this create<br />
problems? how objective can you be about such a familiar setting, if this is important<br />
to you? If you are still working there, how easy will it be to keep data confidential if<br />
necessary? Plus if you make mistakes in gathering your data, will you then have to live<br />
with them at work? And so on …<br />
If cold-calling, whom should you contact? We recommend that you start with the<br />
most senior member <strong>of</strong> the human Resources team or its equivalent – the hR manager<br />
or director – or alternatively the head <strong>of</strong> the Public Relations department if this seems<br />
more appropriate. You could even try the CEO if it is a small organisation. These<br />
senior members <strong>of</strong> the organisation would usually act as gatekeepers, brokers or<br />
patrons for your research. In other words, they may be able to give broad agreement<br />
15 This is the person who has authority to grant you permission to do your<br />
research at that specific site.<br />
SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 83
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
for access, but might then pass you on to someone else to negotiate the details. If<br />
you don’t know who the relevant individual is for your organisation/s, you could<br />
contact their telephone switchboard or their Internet site for details. Alternatively,<br />
you could try finding out from the local Chamber <strong>of</strong> Commerce or its equivalent,<br />
a pr<strong>of</strong>essional association (e.g., the UK’s Chartered Institute <strong>of</strong> Personnel and<br />
Development), a trade union etc. Above all, make sure you get the person’s title,<br />
name and postal or e-mail address right!<br />
If cold-calling, write in the first instance – possibly by e-mail, but a hard copy letter<br />
is more formal and pr<strong>of</strong>essional. however, e-mail may speed things up especially if<br />
the organisation/s concerned are in another region or country to you. The letter itself<br />
should:<br />
1. Tell the recipient about your research topic and why you are interested in their<br />
organisation.<br />
2. Establish your credibility (say that you are a Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Diploma in<br />
Management distance learning student at the <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Leicester</strong>).<br />
3. Indicate the kind <strong>of</strong> access you would like, including method, sample size, the<br />
time and any resources (e.g., an interview room) you will need and when you<br />
would ideally like to do the data collection/access.<br />
4. State anything you can <strong>of</strong>fer in return because “the more the company<br />
gives, in time or money, the more it expects in exchange” (Easterby-Smith et<br />
al. 2008:30). You could for example <strong>of</strong>fer some kind <strong>of</strong> report on your data<br />
to managers and/respondents. Maybe your research focuses on a topic <strong>of</strong><br />
particular significance to the organisation which otherwise they would not<br />
have the resources or time to explore. But do make sure whatever you <strong>of</strong>fer<br />
is actually going to happen!<br />
5. What can you guarantee? Perhaps that you will make minimal use <strong>of</strong> their<br />
time and resources? Perhaps that you can <strong>of</strong>fer anonymity and confidentiality?<br />
6. Use formal language and the business letter format.<br />
7. Write clearly and keep it as short as possible – the person you are writing to<br />
is likely to be very busy.<br />
8. Make replying to your initial request easy – include a stamped or franked selfaddressed<br />
envelope/e-mail address/fax number/(cell/mobile?) phone number.<br />
You could even use a pro forma where the individual can simply tick ‘yes’ or<br />
‘no’ to your request, and if it is a ‘yes’ indicate times and dates to discuss this<br />
further if required, or give details <strong>of</strong> another person to speak to if appropriate.<br />
84 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
9. If you are sending a hard copy letter, word process or type it, address it<br />
personally, sign it by hand and print the envelope if possible. Follow the letter<br />
up with a phone call if you don’t hear anything but wait for at least 2–3<br />
weeks to do this!<br />
Negotiating the Contract and What Happens Afterwards<br />
Drawing up a written contract regarding your research access might be a good idea,<br />
especially in a cold-calling situation, as then both sides will be sure about what has<br />
been agreed. But whatever happens the <strong>final</strong> details <strong>of</strong> your research access need to<br />
be spelled out carefully and clearly. Also be careful not to give away too much when<br />
negotiating access. For example, if the organisation demands pro<strong>of</strong>reading rights<br />
this could create a lot <strong>of</strong> difficulties for you at a later date if they require changes that<br />
detract from the substance <strong>of</strong> your argument. Alternatively, the organisation may ask<br />
you to sign a confidentiality agreement. We strongly recommend that you discuss<br />
this with a tutor on the appropriate <strong>Blackboard</strong> support forum before signing any<br />
such document, to ensure that it will not create any problems in terms <strong>of</strong> assessment.<br />
Thereafter, you may want to consider keeping a contact report – i.e., a diary noting<br />
when agreed actions were completed – and sending regular updates to the relevant<br />
organisational personnel so everyone is informed about your progress.<br />
As suggested above, once physical access has been agreed, you may want to contact<br />
respondents separately via a ‘warning letter’ to enhance your chances <strong>of</strong> achieving<br />
cognitive access. Finally, honesty is imperative throughout regarding what you would<br />
like in terms <strong>of</strong> access and what you can do in return.<br />
And <strong>final</strong>ly in this section, one <strong>of</strong> the trickiest issues <strong>of</strong> all …<br />
Research Ethics: The Basics<br />
At the risk <strong>of</strong> sounding repetitive, this subject is extremely important. ULSM tutors<br />
will take ethical considerations into account when assessing a project proposal and<br />
<strong>of</strong> course the eventual submission itself, as we feel that this is a vital aspect <strong>of</strong> any<br />
sound piece <strong>of</strong> research. We therefore strongly recommend that you spend some<br />
time reading in more detail about research ethics as what we cover here is only the<br />
basics 16 .<br />
You should also note that, as part <strong>of</strong> your one page research proposal, you will need<br />
to answer specific questions about the ethics <strong>of</strong> your proposed research. Please see<br />
the Project Guidelines on <strong>Blackboard</strong> for more about the ethics approval process.<br />
16 Of course this is true <strong>of</strong> all the other issues covered in this <strong>book</strong>, even when<br />
taken in conjunction with the companion text<strong>book</strong>, the Project Guidelines and the<br />
other resources available on <strong>Blackboard</strong>. But we particularly stress the need to read<br />
more widely regarding research ethics because it is a central part <strong>of</strong> a good project<br />
and yet tends in our experience to be neglected by students.<br />
SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 85
however, for the time being you need to remember two key issues:<br />
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
1. No field research with live human beings can be undertaken by any<br />
student or member <strong>of</strong> staff at the <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Leicester</strong> without receiving<br />
prior ethical approval. In other words, if you are doing any kind <strong>of</strong> primary<br />
empirical research for your project, then the <strong>Blackboard</strong> tutor will take this<br />
into account when assessing your proposal. Approval <strong>of</strong> the proposal signifies<br />
ethical approval in all cases. Where ethical approval is not given you will be<br />
required to submit a revised proposal.<br />
2. Please also be aware that, if you answer the questions about ethics on<br />
your proposal incorrectly, then you will not obtain ethical approval for your<br />
research. Again this will require resubmission <strong>of</strong> the proposal.<br />
But what do we actually mean by research ethics? Ethics in academic research can<br />
be roughly defined as “the appropriateness <strong>of</strong> your behaviour in relation to the<br />
rights <strong>of</strong> those who become the subject <strong>of</strong> your [research] work, or are affected<br />
by it” (Saunders et al. 2009:183–184). Remember that certain people may be<br />
affected by your research even if they don’t participate in it in any way – e.g., if your<br />
recommendations are implemented by the organisation/s concerned. As a general<br />
rule <strong>of</strong> thumb, researchers should<br />
“safeguard the proper interests <strong>of</strong> those involved in or affected by their<br />
work … ensure that the physical, social and psychological well-being <strong>of</strong><br />
research participants is not adversely affected by the research … [and]<br />
attempt to anticipate, and to guard against, consequences for research<br />
participants that can be predicted to be harmful.” (British Sociological<br />
Association 2002: paragraphs 6, 13 and 26)<br />
You might find it useful to consult the BSA’S Statement <strong>of</strong> Ethical Practice yourself<br />
for more information on ethics. Similar sorts <strong>of</strong> statements can be found in other<br />
scholarly associations’ codes <strong>of</strong> practice – e.g., the British Psychological Society,<br />
the Academy <strong>of</strong> Management, the American Psychological Association, the American<br />
Sociological Association etc. You need to consider research ethics throughout any<br />
empirical project – when considering your topic and questions, choosing your<br />
method, selecting your sample, designing your schedule, gaining access, collecting<br />
data, analysing them and writing up the project itself.<br />
It is also worth bearing in mind Fine et al.’s (2003:178) observation that “ethnography<br />
depends upon human relationships, engagement and attachment, with the research<br />
process potentially placing research subjects at grave risk <strong>of</strong> manipulation and<br />
betrayal”. Although Fine et al. refer specifically to ethnography here (as discussed in<br />
Section 4), we suggest the use <strong>of</strong> qualitative methods in general probably exacerbates<br />
the need to be alert to research ethics. This is because qualitative methods usually<br />
allow us to get closer to our respondents, to find out more about them – and so<br />
they become more identifiable in the <strong>final</strong> write-up and more vulnerable as a result.<br />
This does not however mean that those conducting quantitative research can ignore<br />
ethics – they are very important in this regard as well!<br />
86 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
What follows is a discussion <strong>of</strong> what we would regard as the basic ways in which<br />
you can try to ensure that your research is as ethical as possible. Research ethics as a<br />
subject area goes well beyond the issues discussed here, but this material should give<br />
you an idea <strong>of</strong> what we regard as the minimum.<br />
Securing Informed Consent<br />
Informed consent means that those who take part in the research do so <strong>of</strong> their<br />
own free will, without any coercion or deception by the researcher, and have enough<br />
information to be able to make that decision sensibly. It requires that you spell out<br />
the aims and nature <strong>of</strong> the research, who is doing it and what the results will be<br />
used for to potential respondents – and also that you allow them to choose whether<br />
they do in fact participate. Informed consent may even involve generating a written<br />
contract which both you and each respondent should sign. But, whether written<br />
down or not, the following are all important aspects <strong>of</strong> securing informed consent:<br />
• respondents should know who you are and how you can be contacted;<br />
• respondents should understand what the research topic is and why the<br />
research is being carried out. They should also understand what is being<br />
asked <strong>of</strong> them and how the resulting data will be used;<br />
• respondents should be assured <strong>of</strong> confidentiality and anonymity if appropriate;<br />
• respondents should be told that it is their choice as to whether they take part;<br />
• respondents should be told that they are free to withdraw from the research<br />
process at any time, and that they don’t have to answer all your questions;<br />
• respondents should be asked if they will consent to the reproduction <strong>of</strong> any<br />
direct quotations from what they have told you;<br />
• if the informed consent contract is written down, then it should be signed<br />
and dated by both you and the respondent to confirm their agreement and<br />
they should be given a copy.<br />
Ensuring informed consent can take place in conjunction with the ‘warning letter’<br />
discussed in Section 5 or during the introduction to the interview/SAQ/observation<br />
session itself.<br />
Unfortunately many researchers have not followed this basic ethical rule in the past.<br />
Indeed in 1985, Adair et al. (cited in Robson 2002:69) suggested that “upwards <strong>of</strong><br />
81% <strong>of</strong> studies published in the top social psychological journals use deception in their<br />
procedures”. Examples include Roy’s participant observation in a factory (see Section<br />
4), where his co-workers did not know he was an academic. The defence for this kind<br />
<strong>of</strong> approach is usually that it minimises what we have referred to elsewhere as the<br />
observer effect, so that socially acceptable answers or behaviours from informants<br />
SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 87
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
are not an issue. however, it is still highly unethical as it does not give participants<br />
any choice about whether they actually take part in the research.<br />
A different example is Milgram’s (1974) infamous experiments on the connection<br />
between authority and conformity. These, very briefly, consisted <strong>of</strong> pairs <strong>of</strong> respondents<br />
who were in separate rooms. One <strong>of</strong> each pair (the ‘teacher’) asked the other (the<br />
‘learner’) questions. Every time a question was answered incorrectly, the teacher had<br />
to inflict an electric shock on the learner. These shocks ranged up to 240 volts, which<br />
was designated as a ‘dangerous’ level. The teachers were told by Milgram that the<br />
experiment was in fact about the relationship between pain and learning – i.e., does<br />
inflicting electric shocks help someone to learn information more effectively? But in<br />
reality Milgram wanted to see whether, if one was told to obey an order (authority),<br />
would the order be followed even if it was unpleasant (conformity)? So the actual<br />
subjects <strong>of</strong> the experiment were not the learners, but the teachers, although the<br />
latter were completely unaware <strong>of</strong> this fact.<br />
The authority–conformity relationship was assessed via one <strong>of</strong> Milgram’s team circling<br />
the experimental site to tell any teacher who began to show disquiet at having to<br />
inflict increasing levels <strong>of</strong> shocks that ‘The experiment requires you to continue’.<br />
Things were made worse by learners audibly screaming in pain, calling for mercy<br />
or, even more dramatically, falling silent altogether. The experiment actually showed<br />
that the majority <strong>of</strong> the teachers did inflict the maximum voltage, despite a group <strong>of</strong><br />
psychiatric experts being asked beforehand what would happen and predicting that<br />
only a tiny percentage would in fact go this far.<br />
You will be relieved to know that in fact no electric shocks were involved. These were<br />
faked, as were the reactions <strong>of</strong> the learners. Nonetheless, the teachers in this case had<br />
not given their informed consent as they were unaware <strong>of</strong> the true purpose <strong>of</strong> the<br />
research; and so the research can be considered very problematic in this regard. We<br />
should also consider covert note-taking and recording in this context. Furthermore,<br />
remember that the standard line in methodological discussions in the contemporary<br />
social sciences is that covert research <strong>of</strong> any kind is not acceptable.<br />
Also problematic in relation to informed consent is the tactic <strong>of</strong> coercion. Robson<br />
talks, for example, about prisoners being <strong>of</strong>fered early release or extra food for<br />
taking part in trials <strong>of</strong> potentially dangerous drugs. Coercion though can relate to<br />
<strong>of</strong>fering any kind <strong>of</strong> incentive to potential respondents to participate. Does ‘bribing’<br />
respondents in this way mean that they have in fact given their full consent? This is<br />
debatable.<br />
On a different note, one <strong>of</strong> the authors <strong>of</strong> this <strong>book</strong> conducted interviews in a university<br />
and a financial services organisation for her PhD research. When she approached<br />
staff at the university to ask them to take part, she told them she had already gained<br />
permission from the head <strong>of</strong> their department to do so. Although this was true, and<br />
she passed on this information so that the potential respondents would know she<br />
had <strong>of</strong>ficial permission to do her research, it seemed some felt as a result that they<br />
had to take part. In other words, certain people interpreted the head <strong>of</strong> department’s<br />
88 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
permission as an implicit order for them to agree to be interviewed. This could also<br />
be regarded as an instance <strong>of</strong> (unintended) coercion.<br />
Not Placing Respondents Under Any Physical or Psychological Duress<br />
The Milgram experiment has also been widely criticised for subjecting its participants<br />
to duress – in other words, making them undergo a potentially harmful or stressful<br />
experience. Similarly, Zimbardo et al.’s (1973) research created a mock prison<br />
environment, using paid volunteers, to explore how people respond to the roles they<br />
are given. Do they fulfil the role as it is ‘<strong>of</strong>ficially’ stated or do they negotiate and<br />
interpret it themselves? In other words, do our roles shape us or do we shape our<br />
roles? The young male participants were designated as either prisoners or guards,<br />
and given the appropriate clothes and props. The experiment was supposed to<br />
last for a fortnight but was abandoned after six days. This was because the guards<br />
were <strong>of</strong>ten cruel and tried to break the prisoners’ spirits. The prisoners, for their<br />
part, became servile, felt dehumanised and depressed, had fits <strong>of</strong> crying and rage,<br />
and exhibited disorganised thinking. Some had nervous breakdowns. Nearly all the<br />
prisoners begged to be released early and were happy to forfeit any payment. In<br />
short, it seems from this experiment that it is roles that shape us, not the other<br />
way round. But the ethical question here is whether it was appropriate to test this<br />
hypothesis using these means. Furthermore, could Zimbardo and colleagues not have<br />
predicted the unpleasant psychological outcomes which resulted for the men who<br />
participated? 17<br />
Respondent Validation/Member Check<br />
We have referred to this idea before in Section 5. We can understand the practice<br />
<strong>of</strong> asking respondents to comment on draft data analyses as allowing you and them<br />
to move towards a common understanding <strong>of</strong> the research site and thus enhancing<br />
the credibility or validity <strong>of</strong> the findings. But doing a ‘member check’ also has ethical<br />
ramifications because it <strong>of</strong>fers respondents the courtesy <strong>of</strong> being able to approve the<br />
ways in which they are represented in the eventual research text.<br />
17 It is worth noting here that Milgram’s discussions with eminent psychiatrists<br />
about the apparently very small likelihood that any teacher would go to the maximum<br />
voltage is something he raises as a defence <strong>of</strong> his approach. Likewise, Zimbardo and<br />
colleagues had screened all applicants for the prison experiment so as to select only<br />
those who appeared intelligent, stable, well adjusted and generally normal – thus<br />
(they thought) minimising the likelihood <strong>of</strong> any psychological repercussions for those<br />
who took part.<br />
SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 89
Maintaining Confidentiality and Anonymity<br />
As discussed in Section 5 and above.<br />
Reporting Genuine Data<br />
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
Transparency throughout the research process is essential. You should seek to ensure<br />
that you are able to provide evidence <strong>of</strong> your research process and data collection,<br />
as advised in Section 1. It is good practice to keep and store diaries, correspondence<br />
with anyone at your empirical site/s, completed questionnaires, video/audio tapes<br />
<strong>of</strong> all interviews, photographs etc. ULSM markers have in the past asked students<br />
to provide evidence <strong>of</strong> their data collection following submission <strong>of</strong> their projects,<br />
where doubts have arisen as to the accuracy <strong>of</strong> their claims about their data or indeed<br />
whether their data exist at all. Your data can then be destroyed once you have passed<br />
your project and achieved your Diploma.<br />
Again there are many examples <strong>of</strong> researchers having falsified data in the past. Broad<br />
and Wade (1983) describe several instances <strong>of</strong> this kind. One famous case is British<br />
psychologist Sir Cyril Burt’s statistical studies <strong>of</strong> the intelligence <strong>of</strong> identical twins.<br />
he claimed to have found that their IQs were identical even when they had been<br />
adopted by different families at birth and thus brought up apart. In other words,<br />
the key assertions here are that intelligence is (a) genetically inherited and (b) fixed<br />
throughout life. This research was taken so seriously that, after World War II, Burt<br />
became involved in establishing a new two-tier system <strong>of</strong> secondary education in the<br />
UK based on his findings. Children took an examination called the 11 plus and were<br />
then placed into grammar schools (for the more academically gifted) or secondary<br />
moderns (for those deemed to be more suited to a vocational education). But in<br />
the 1970s, after his death, Burt was publicly accused <strong>of</strong> having fabricated his data.<br />
For example, in three separate studies <strong>of</strong> different numbers <strong>of</strong> identical twins, he<br />
reported the same statistical correlation <strong>of</strong> IQ scores to the third decimal point. This is<br />
an incredible, not to say highly implausible, finding. Similar flaws exist in his research<br />
reports as far back as 1909. It has also been suggested that his two field investigators/<br />
co-authors, ‘Margaret howard’ and ‘J. Conway’ never actually existed.<br />
Tensions and Ambiguities in Research Ethics<br />
What follows is a discussion <strong>of</strong> some <strong>of</strong> the ways in which it can be difficult or<br />
challenging to put even this ‘bare minimum’ <strong>of</strong> ethical considerations into practice.<br />
This is not intended to deter you from taking ethics very seriously indeed. Instead it<br />
should alert you to some <strong>of</strong> the ways in which you might breach ethical rules or face<br />
ethical challenges during the research process, even if you are trying to do the ‘right<br />
thing’.<br />
90 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
Informed Consent: Observation and the ‘Public Interest Defence’<br />
The first question here is whether informed consent is something that researchers<br />
should focus on only at the beginning <strong>of</strong> the data collection process, which then<br />
satisfies this particular ethical requirement. This is especially relevant to observation.<br />
We have talked in Section 5 about allowing respondents to get used to your presence<br />
as an observer in their daily habitat and for you to become ‘part <strong>of</strong> the furniture’. But<br />
do we also have the responsibility to continually remind people <strong>of</strong> whom we are and<br />
why we are in their organisation? Otherwise they may forget that they are talking<br />
to or behaving in front <strong>of</strong> a researcher and so let their guard down unwittingly.<br />
The British Sociological Association (2002:paragraph 25) actually say that informed<br />
consent may need to be an ongoing practice in situations <strong>of</strong> this kind.<br />
The second question is the so-called ‘public interest defence’. Milgram, for example,<br />
has justified his research protocol on the basis that he was examining a key social<br />
issue, based on the ‘I was only obeying orders’ explanation from the guards <strong>of</strong> the<br />
Nazi SS after their atrocities were revealed in the wake <strong>of</strong> World War II. Milgram<br />
suggests that his approach was intended to assess whether ‘normal’ people in ‘normal’<br />
situations actually obeyed even unpleasant or unacceptable orders in the same way,<br />
and so his results were therefore <strong>of</strong> significant public interest. A related example is a<br />
recent television documentary, aired in the UK, where a journalist went undercover<br />
with the extreme right wing British National Party and filmed their activities and<br />
opinions without those involved being aware he was a reporter. The documentary<br />
itself was extremely shocking, and could again be defended on the basis that the<br />
‘real’ BNP attitudes and behaviours would not have come to light in any other way.<br />
But the British Sociological Association again suggest that any covert research needs<br />
a very robust and substantial defence <strong>of</strong> this kind, and even then is not immune from<br />
ethical criticisms.<br />
What Does It Actually Mean To Not Place Respondents Under Duress?<br />
We have already discussed some fairly glaring examples <strong>of</strong> placing respondents under<br />
duress in the shape <strong>of</strong> the Milgram and Zimbardo et al. experiments. But subjecting<br />
respondents to some form <strong>of</strong> duress doesn’t have to be as dramatic as these examples.<br />
It can be as simple as requiring them to answer all the questions in an interview,<br />
or probing for clarification or more details beyond their comfort zone. There are<br />
issues here <strong>of</strong> the initial choice <strong>of</strong> research topic/question/s as well as how sensitive<br />
we are to the ways in which respondents react to our questions. Reactions aren’t just<br />
verbal either. Facial expressions, gestures, body posture, nervous laughter etc. might<br />
all signal that a respondent is having difficulty discussing a specific issue.<br />
For example, Ramazanoğlu and holland (1994) cite Kelly discussing her research into<br />
adult female survivors <strong>of</strong> sexual abuse, and how she had to bring some interviews<br />
to a premature close because the respondents became so upset. This might seem<br />
like a pretty obvious example because the subject matter here is extremely personal<br />
and intimate. however, Ramazanoğlu and holland, while suggesting that their own<br />
research into young women’s perceptions <strong>of</strong> sexual risk and AIDS also falls into<br />
this category, go on to argue that they were faced with an additional challenge<br />
SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 91
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
during this project. Some <strong>of</strong> their respondents struggled with vocabulary during the<br />
interviews because the ‘scientific’ terms for certain body parts – like ‘penis’ or ‘vagina’<br />
– which the interviewers were using weren’t ones which these young women used as<br />
a matter <strong>of</strong> course. however, the respondents also worried that their own preferred<br />
terminology for these body parts was too crude and embarrassing to use in the<br />
context <strong>of</strong> an interview. Reassuring the young women in this respect required what<br />
Silverman and Perakyla (cited in Ramazanoğlu and holland 1994:139) call “elegant<br />
interactional work” by the interviewers.<br />
The Realities <strong>of</strong> Respondent Validation/Member Check<br />
As holliday, following Skeggs, notes, “discursive frameworks make interpretation<br />
from a critical perspective impossible for some respondents. The … practice <strong>of</strong> having<br />
respondents confirm one’s interpretation is by no means a guarantee <strong>of</strong> ‘truth’”<br />
(2000:518). If we consider the power relations at work here and the status that<br />
academic researchers still enjoy in many societies, it becomes clear that respondents<br />
might indeed find it difficult to challenge a representation that an academic has<br />
made <strong>of</strong> them, even if they object to it. In other words, maybe they feel that the<br />
academic is the expert and knows them better than they know themselves. This may<br />
not be as much <strong>of</strong> an issue for you as Diploma students but it could arise if you are<br />
doing research in your own organisation with more junior members <strong>of</strong> staff.<br />
When And How Should We Maintain Anonymity?<br />
hearn (2004) documents his experiences <strong>of</strong> discrimination as a non-Finn applying<br />
for a pr<strong>of</strong>essorial post at a Finnish university. he refers to how his academic standing<br />
and qualifications were misrepresented. hearn also says that being able to speak<br />
Finnish had been explicitly signalled in the advertisement and further particulars for<br />
the post as irrelevant, but then reappeared as a criterion for his eventual rejection.<br />
The process lasted from August 1998 when the advertisement appeared to April<br />
2001 when another candidate was confirmed as having been successful. Despite the<br />
fact that hearn’s version <strong>of</strong> events is highly critical <strong>of</strong> those involved, no attempt is<br />
made to anonymise this series <strong>of</strong> events. All individuals and institutions are named,<br />
and chunks <strong>of</strong> correspondence between hearn and other players are reproduced<br />
verbatim.<br />
hearn notes that that the Finnish system <strong>of</strong> academic recruitment is totally open in<br />
the sense that a list <strong>of</strong> all applicants for a job is made public, as are referees’ reports<br />
as well as documents on how the faculty reached their eventual decision. he says he<br />
did consider disguising identities – including his own – but decided this would be<br />
“disingenuous” given the public nature <strong>of</strong> many <strong>of</strong> the relevant documents and the<br />
fact that the case had been widely reported in the Finnish media (hearn 2004:41).<br />
hearn’s paper therefore raises two key ethical questions. First, do we owe any duty<br />
<strong>of</strong> anonymity to respondents whose behaviour we see as problematic? Second, in<br />
qualitative research especially, we need to bear in mind that full anonymity <strong>of</strong>ten<br />
requires more than just changing the names <strong>of</strong> people, organisations and places.<br />
We may also need to attend to job titles, ages, genders, ethnicities, educational<br />
qualifications, country <strong>of</strong> location, even language used in order to make sure that<br />
92 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
nothing and no one is identifiable from the text. But is it actually possible to fully<br />
anonymise qualitative data in this way without sacrificing their complexity, nuances,<br />
specificity to their locale, how they report respondents’ words and constructions –<br />
and thus their impact? After all, the richness and detail <strong>of</strong> qualitative data are the<br />
main reasons why some researchers choose this approach in the first place.<br />
Also<br />
“Suppose that, [in the course <strong>of</strong> your data gathering] in an <strong>of</strong>fice,<br />
school or hospital setting, you observe serious and persistent bullying by<br />
someone in a position <strong>of</strong> power; or that people are being put at physical<br />
or other risk by someone’s dereliction <strong>of</strong> duty.” (Robson 2002:71)<br />
What do you do in this instance if you have also promised anonymity to the bully – how<br />
can you report their behaviour? You should in the first instance post a query to the<br />
relevant <strong>Blackboard</strong> project support forum for advice from a ULSM tutor (obviously<br />
without giving anything away about who or which organisation is involved). They<br />
may recommend that you take it up formally with the organisation regardless <strong>of</strong> the<br />
anonymity guarantee, or withdraw from involvement with the people concerned.<br />
Even more difficult is the instance where something like this occurs in your own<br />
organisation.<br />
In all, these questions do not have easy answers – but we raise them because you<br />
need to be aware <strong>of</strong> them from the start <strong>of</strong> your project research.<br />
Summary<br />
1. Research plans covering the whole project process are useful but should<br />
contain as much slack as possible, as well as contingency plans.<br />
2. Gaining access requires leaving enough time, talking to the right people,<br />
making viable promises, devising a clear contract and being honest.<br />
3. Also remember that being an insider has benefits and drawbacks in this<br />
respect, and that there is a difference between physical and cognitive access.<br />
4. There are ‘bare minimum’ ethical standards in research which need to be<br />
considered throughout …<br />
5. ... but these involve tensions and ambiguities in themselves: for example,<br />
should you breach someone’s anonymity if you hear about or see them doing<br />
something you consider unacceptable?<br />
SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 93
� Key Reading<br />
� Tasks<br />
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
You should now visit <strong>Blackboard</strong> to identify the key reading from<br />
the companion text<strong>book</strong> and to complete the tasks for this section<br />
<strong>of</strong> the <strong>module</strong>. You may also wish to discuss these tasks with the<br />
tutor and other students on the relevant <strong>module</strong> support forum, but<br />
do remember that others may be progressing through the <strong>module</strong><br />
either more slowly or more quickly than you. Additional support<br />
material for this section can be found in the same section <strong>of</strong> the<br />
<strong>Blackboard</strong> <strong>module</strong> site.<br />
References<br />
The following are the sources which were used to compile this section. Chapters<br />
or excerpts are specified to suggest material which should be especially relevant to<br />
issues covered in the section.<br />
British Sociological Association (2002) Statement <strong>of</strong> Ethical Practice Available online<br />
at: http://www.britsoc.co.uk/equality/Statement+Ethical+Practice.htm (accessed 5 th<br />
November 2009)<br />
Broad, W. and N. Wade (1983) Betrayers <strong>of</strong> the Truth New York: Simon and Schuster<br />
Easterby-Smith, M., R. Lowe and A. Thorpe (2008) Management Research 3 rd Edition.<br />
London: Sage pp. 129–138<br />
Fine, M., L. Weis, S. Weseen and L. Wong (2003) ‘For whom? Qualitative research,<br />
representations and social responsibilities’ in N.K. Denzin and Y.S. Lincoln (eds.) The<br />
Landscape <strong>of</strong> Qualitative Research 2 nd Edition. Thousand Oaks, California: Sage pp.<br />
167–207<br />
hearn, J. (2004) ‘Personal resistance through persistence to organizational resistance<br />
through distance’ in R. Thomas, A. Mills and J.h. Mills (eds.) Identity Politics at Work:<br />
Resisting Gender, Gendering Resistance Abingdon, Oxfordshire: Routledge pp. 40–63<br />
holliday, R. (2000) ‘We’ve been framed: visualising methodology’ Sociological Review<br />
48(4):503–521<br />
Milgram, S. (1974) Obedience to Authority London: Tavistock Publications (also see<br />
Milgram, S. (1994) ‘Conformity and independence’ in h. Clark, J. Chandler and J. Barry<br />
(eds.) Organization and Identities: Text and Readings in Organizational Behaviour<br />
London: Chapman and hall, pp. 132–144)<br />
94 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
Ramazanoğlu, C. and J. holland (1994) ‘Coming to conclusions: power and<br />
interpretation in researching young women’s sexuality’, in M. Maynard and J. Purvis<br />
(eds.) Researching Women’s Lives from a Feminist Perspective London: Taylor and<br />
Francis pp. 125–148<br />
Robson, C. (2002) Real World Research: A Resource for Social Scientists and<br />
Practitioner-Researchers 2 nd Edition. Oxford: Blackwell pp. 65–76, pp. 376–384<br />
Saunders, M., P. Lewis and A. Thornhill (2009) Research Methods for Business Students<br />
5 th Edition. harlow: Financial Times Prentice hall chapter 6<br />
Roy, D.F. (1960) ‘Banana time: job satisfaction and informal interaction’ Human<br />
Organization 18:156–168<br />
Zimbardo, P.G., C. haney, W.C. Banks and D. Jaffe (1973) ‘The mind is a formidable<br />
jailor: “a Pirandellian prison’’’ New York Times Magazine 8 th April pp. 38–60<br />
SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 95
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
96 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT
Pr<strong>of</strong>essional management Project<br />
school <strong>of</strong> management<br />
section 7<br />
Analysing Quantitative Data
Pr<strong>of</strong>essional management Project<br />
school <strong>of</strong> management
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
SECTION 7<br />
Analysing Quantitative Data<br />
Learning Outcomes<br />
having studied this section <strong>of</strong> the <strong>module</strong> you will be able to:<br />
• outline different types <strong>of</strong> statistics and different types <strong>of</strong><br />
quantitative data<br />
• discuss different ways in which quantitative data can be measured<br />
• identify various graphical and numerical representations <strong>of</strong><br />
descriptive statistics<br />
• appreciate the role <strong>of</strong> inference in statistical analysis.<br />
Introduction<br />
This section is concerned with techniques for analysing quantitative data. It approaches<br />
this broad subject area from the perspective <strong>of</strong> those <strong>of</strong> you who need to understand<br />
how other people’s data have been manipulated to produce their research findings,<br />
as well as those who want to analyse their own quantitative data. If you have studied<br />
Quantitative Analysis for Management as an elective <strong>module</strong>, some <strong>of</strong> this material<br />
will already be familiar to you. We cover types <strong>of</strong> statistics and types <strong>of</strong> data, discuss<br />
scales <strong>of</strong> measurement for quantitative data <strong>of</strong> different types, explore the difference<br />
between graphical and numerical representations <strong>of</strong> descriptive data and discuss the<br />
two approaches to making predictions based on our observations using inferential<br />
statistics.<br />
The Terminology <strong>of</strong> Statistics<br />
We all use statistics on a regular basis, usually without knowing it, including those<br />
<strong>of</strong> us who insist that we are not numerically minded. Statistics help us to make sense<br />
<strong>of</strong> our experiences. We might observe, for example, that our commute to work in the<br />
morning takes us between 60 minutes and 85 minutes depending upon the traffic<br />
and the time we leave home. In discussions with colleagues we may come to the<br />
conclusion, based on our shared observations, that congestion in our local area is<br />
increasing, and it is therefore taking us longer to get to work. We might ponder how<br />
SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 97
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
long it will take us next year to travel from home to work. We might even decide that<br />
we want to find a new job closer to home as a result <strong>of</strong> all these considerations.<br />
In statistical terms, here we are generalising from what we have observed. We can<br />
also distinguish between two types <strong>of</strong> statistics that are apparent in this example.<br />
In observing the time it takes us to commute to work we are providing descriptive<br />
statistics’ i.e., a description <strong>of</strong> our observation. Within the example we are also<br />
inferring (from the observations we have made) an observation that we cannot<br />
actually make because we don’t have direct experience <strong>of</strong> it, namely that congestion<br />
in the whole area is increasing. We may wish to refer to this as inferential statistics,<br />
i.e. making estimates or predictions based on our observations.<br />
Descriptive Data<br />
Descriptive data can be complex when there is a large group <strong>of</strong> elements which we<br />
want to understand. We might therefore want to summarise the descriptive data into<br />
tables, graphs or simply numbers. As we have seen in Section 5, we may be interested<br />
in such a large group <strong>of</strong> elements (individuals, companies, voters, households,<br />
products, customers and so on) that time, cost and other considerations mean we<br />
only actually gather data about a small portion <strong>of</strong> the whole group. The whole group,<br />
as you will remember, is the population, and the smaller group, a subset <strong>of</strong> the<br />
population, is our sample.<br />
To provide an example, imagine that our earlier observations about congestion<br />
were viewed seriously enough by local government to require a broader study. The<br />
population might be defined as individuals travelling within the area during peak<br />
times. We would not have sufficient resources to study each <strong>of</strong> these individuals and<br />
so we would seek to produce a sample <strong>of</strong> the population. If this was representative,<br />
we would seek to infer the behaviour <strong>of</strong> the population as a whole from this sample.<br />
As we established in Section 5, researchers who work with quantitative data usually<br />
do want to establish representative, probability samples.<br />
Quantitative data is the term used to identify the facts and figures that are collected,<br />
analysed and summarised in any statistical investigation. The group <strong>of</strong> data collected<br />
to address a particular situation is <strong>of</strong>ten referred to as the data set for the study,<br />
although this term is used for qualitative data as well. Within a quantitative data<br />
set are a range <strong>of</strong> elements that comprise the subject <strong>of</strong> the study. For example, the<br />
data set may contain a list <strong>of</strong> the students registered on the Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Diploma<br />
in Management programme. For each student the data set may contain important<br />
information such as age, gender, work experience and so on. These characteristics<br />
make up the different variables to be investigated. Data is obtained by collecting<br />
measurements for the specific variable in question. The measurement for the variable<br />
collected from a particular element (here each student) is known as the observation.<br />
In our example, the details <strong>of</strong> Paula Jones, an imaginary Diploma student who is 32,<br />
would be the observation <strong>of</strong> the variable <strong>of</strong> age.<br />
98 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
Both qualitative and quantitative data can be classified as being either cross-sectional<br />
or time series 18 . Cross-sectional data is collected at, or pertains to, a particular point<br />
in time; for example, the pr<strong>of</strong>itability <strong>of</strong> a number <strong>of</strong> companies in the 2009–2010<br />
financial year, or the expenditure <strong>of</strong> a group <strong>of</strong> pr<strong>of</strong>essionals on personal computing<br />
equipment in a given month or year. In contrast, time series data refers to information<br />
collected over, or pertaining to, a period <strong>of</strong> time. If we stay with the examples just<br />
mentioned, we could examine the pr<strong>of</strong>itability <strong>of</strong> a number <strong>of</strong> companies every<br />
year during a five-year period, or we could examine the expenditure <strong>of</strong> a group <strong>of</strong><br />
pr<strong>of</strong>essionals on personal computing equipment each quarter over a period <strong>of</strong> two<br />
years.<br />
Scales <strong>of</strong> Measurement<br />
The approach adopted in the statistical analysis <strong>of</strong> data on a particular variable will<br />
depend upon the scale <strong>of</strong> the measurement used for that variable. There are four<br />
possible scales <strong>of</strong> measurement; nominal, ordinal, interval and ratio. The type <strong>of</strong> scale<br />
used will determine how the data can be manipulated. A variable is being measured<br />
on a nominal scale when the observations for the variable represent labels used to<br />
identify an attribute <strong>of</strong> each element in the study. For example, variables where the<br />
data can only be measured on a nominal scale include name, marital status (single,<br />
married, co-habiting, separated, divorced, widowed etc.), gender (male or female),<br />
country <strong>of</strong> residence (Cyprus, Ghana, Brazil etc.) 19 . These labels allow us to categorise<br />
individual elements into particular groups. The labels can be numerical (e.g., a product<br />
code), but arithmetic operations such as addition, subtraction, multiplication and<br />
division do not make much sense on nominal data.<br />
A variable is being measured on an ordinal scale when the data collected for the<br />
variable allows for a ranking or ordering to be obtained. A good example <strong>of</strong> ordinal<br />
scale data can be found in customer satisfaction surveys where the respondent is<br />
asked to rate their experience <strong>of</strong> the organisation (e.g., excellent, good, average,<br />
poor, very poor) 20 . As with nominal data, ordinal data can be either non-numerical<br />
or numerical, but again note that arithmetic operations do not make sense. A fivepoint<br />
Likert rating scale <strong>of</strong> 1–5 may suggest to you that summing or averaging is<br />
appropriate but an ordinal scale could quite easily be 23–28.<br />
A variable is being measured on an interval scale if the differences between<br />
numerical values are meaningful. To put this another way, can the interval between<br />
observations be expressed in terms <strong>of</strong> a fixed unit <strong>of</strong> measurement? The difference<br />
between 80 centigrade and 87 centigrade can be expressed through the fixed unit<br />
18 You may also see time series data referred to as longitudinal or panel data in<br />
research publications or other methodology texts.<br />
19 This sort <strong>of</strong> data could be gathered via a category question, as discussed in<br />
Section 5.<br />
20 This sort <strong>of</strong> data could be gathered via a ranking or rating/scale question, as<br />
discussed in Section 5.<br />
SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 99
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
<strong>of</strong> centigrade – in this case 7 centigrade 21 . Such data also possess the properties <strong>of</strong><br />
ordinal data because we can rank or order the observations into warmer (larger)<br />
and colder (smaller). For variables to be measured on an interval scale requires this<br />
measurement to be in fixed units, so the data collected will always be numerical.<br />
With interval data the arithmetic operations are therefore meaningful. As a result,<br />
data measured using this scale lends itself to more detailed statistical analysis than<br />
data measured on a nominal or ordinal scale.<br />
A variable is being measured on a ratio scale if the data has all the properties <strong>of</strong><br />
interval data and the ratio <strong>of</strong> two observations is also meaningful. Variables such as<br />
distance, weight and time can be measured using a ratio scale 22 . A requirement <strong>of</strong><br />
the ratio scale is that a zero value exists in the scale. Specifically, the zero value must<br />
indicate nothing exists for the variable at this point. For example, we would normally<br />
use a ratio scale to measure income. It is possible to say that employee A on a salary<br />
<strong>of</strong> £50 000 is twice as expensive to employ as employee B on a salary <strong>of</strong> £25 000. In<br />
addition, Bob, who is currently on work experience with the firm, is free because no<br />
salary cost is associated with him. The same applies for data measuring numbers <strong>of</strong><br />
children that each element/respondent in the data set has. Since ratio data has all <strong>of</strong><br />
the properties <strong>of</strong> interval data it is also always numerical and arithmetic operations<br />
are meaningful. As with interval data, ratio data lends itself to more sophisticated<br />
statistical analysis than does data measured using a nominal or ordinal scale.<br />
Thus the amount <strong>of</strong> information contained in the data varies with the scale <strong>of</strong><br />
measurement. Nominal data contain the least, followed by ordinal, interval and ratio<br />
data. Furthermore, nominal and ordinal scales can generate both non-numerical<br />
and numerical data, but interval and ratio scales generate only numerical data. In<br />
addition we have distinguished between descriptive data and inferential statistics.<br />
This distinction is important as we proceed.<br />
Representing Descriptive Statistics<br />
The purpose <strong>of</strong> descriptive statistics is to make data manageable, without distorting<br />
our picture <strong>of</strong> the subject matter, by summarising the findings. There are many<br />
ways in which data can be transformed into a more useful form, and there are few<br />
hard and fast rules about how this should be done. however, there are a number<br />
<strong>of</strong> techniques that are tried and tested and we shall focus on these here. There are<br />
essentially two methods <strong>of</strong> summarising raw data: graphical and numerical. The<br />
former provides a general overview <strong>of</strong> the data without being too precise. The latter<br />
tends to give a more precise view and can therefore be used as inputs into more<br />
advanced techniques <strong>of</strong> statistical analysis.<br />
21 This sort <strong>of</strong> data could be gathered via a quantity question, as discussed in<br />
Section 5.<br />
22 This sort <strong>of</strong> data could again be gathered via a quantity question.<br />
100 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
Graphical Representation<br />
The first step in analysing a data set is usually to present it in a graphical form.<br />
One <strong>of</strong> the most common methods used is the frequency distribution diagram or<br />
histogram. The data in figure 7.1 refers to (imaginary) marks awarded to a group <strong>of</strong><br />
Diploma students, expressed in percentages. We will use this data set to develop our<br />
histogram.<br />
25 31 30 41 43<br />
49 75 65 54 45<br />
40 50 58 58 79<br />
68 42 59 53 61<br />
50 55 55 34 40<br />
65 38 52 64 67<br />
Figure 7.1: Foundations <strong>of</strong> Management assignment marks for August 2009 intake Diploma students<br />
Figure 7.1 is rather difficult to interpret and appears meaningless. We can establish<br />
that the highest mark was 79 and the lowest 25, but the overall meaning <strong>of</strong> the data<br />
is difficult to see. It would be preferable to have the data in a more presentable form.<br />
This can be done by dividing the data into a number <strong>of</strong> classes and constructing a<br />
frequency table as seen in figure 7.2.<br />
Class Tally Frequency Relative<br />
frequency<br />
20–29 I 1 1/30<br />
30–39 IIII 4 4/30<br />
40–49 IIII II 7 7/30<br />
50–59 IIII IIII 10 10/30<br />
60–69 IIII I 6 6/30<br />
70–79 II 2 2/30<br />
Figure 7.2: Frequencies for the assignment marks data<br />
Total = 30<br />
SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 101
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
The first column indicates the classes chosen and the second presents a simple method<br />
<strong>of</strong> allocating marks to each class. The third then shows summations <strong>of</strong> these tallies;<br />
that is, the number <strong>of</strong> observations falling into each class interval. This is referred to<br />
as the frequency. The major decision to be made in drawing up a frequency table is<br />
the width <strong>of</strong> the class intervals. The narrower the class intervals (and thus the more<br />
classes) the more the summary table resembles the original data. Therefore, there is<br />
a trade-<strong>of</strong>f as to how many classes there should be. This is a matter <strong>of</strong> judgement,<br />
and depends upon the purpose to which the data is being put and the number <strong>of</strong><br />
observations available.<br />
The <strong>final</strong> column <strong>of</strong> figure 7.2 shows the relative frequency; that is, the proportion<br />
<strong>of</strong> the total number <strong>of</strong> recorded marks which falls into each class. This is calculated<br />
by taking the class frequency and dividing by the total number <strong>of</strong> observations.<br />
however, as you can see in figure 7.3, this information can be presented in the form<br />
<strong>of</strong> a histogram. It is much easier and quicker to draw inferences from histograms<br />
than it is from the raw data or even the frequency table. It is easy to see that the<br />
observations range from about 20 up to 79, and that most marks are clustered in the<br />
range 40–69, with few students below 40. We might also suggest that the average is<br />
in the 50–59 class interval. however, do note that by presenting the data graphically<br />
we have lost some <strong>of</strong> the detail, and so we need to return to the raw data to calculate<br />
the actual average. In other words, as we move from raw data to frequency table to<br />
histogram we trade completeness and precision for ability to interpret the data easily.<br />
Frequency<br />
Assignment Marks<br />
Figure 7.3: Frequency histogram for the assignment marks data<br />
It is sometimes useful to present data in a slightly different form to aid interpretation.<br />
Cumulative frequencies show the number <strong>of</strong> observations included up to some<br />
particular point or level. These are calculated by adding successive class frequencies<br />
together. The cumulative frequency distribution for the assignment results is shown<br />
in figure 7.4. The <strong>final</strong> figure <strong>of</strong> the cumulative frequency must be the same as the<br />
total number <strong>of</strong> observations. The cumulative frequency can be useful when we have<br />
questions such as ‘how many students in this intake failed to achieve a passing grade<br />
<strong>of</strong> 50% for Foundations <strong>of</strong> Management?’<br />
102 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
Cumulative<br />
Frequency<br />
Assignment Marks<br />
Figure 7.4: Cumulative frequency histogram for the assignment marks data<br />
It is useful to point out that in histograms the size <strong>of</strong> the category is represented<br />
by the area <strong>of</strong> the bars and not their length. A common error when constructing<br />
histograms is to overlook this relationship which may produce a distorted view <strong>of</strong><br />
the data. This usually occurs if the data have been grouped into uneven categories.<br />
For example, if the assignment mark classes began with 0–30, 31–35, 36–41, each<br />
would represent a different range <strong>of</strong> marks (30, 5, 6). The corresponding bars in the<br />
histogram would have to have different widths to maintain the relationship between<br />
area and category size.<br />
The histogram is usually used with interval or ratio data. In this case it is possible<br />
to imagine more measurements between two existing values. For example, with<br />
the variable <strong>of</strong> height, a person measuring 170 cm and another person measuring<br />
171 cm share a continuous scale <strong>of</strong> measurement (centimetres), but are different by<br />
1 cm. A third person could measure 170.1 cm and split the difference between the<br />
two. A fourth person could measure 170.11 cm and split the difference again and<br />
so on. In contrast, where the values are discontinuous, ‘measurement’ becomes<br />
impossible and we have to count. In the case <strong>of</strong> family size for example, we can have<br />
two adults and two children but we cannot have two adults and 2.3 children. Where<br />
we are dealing with discrete categories like this we normally use bar charts. Bar charts<br />
are a type <strong>of</strong> graph that are used to display and compare the number, frequency or<br />
other measure (e.g., the mean or average) for different discrete categories <strong>of</strong> data.<br />
In figure 7.5 the types <strong>of</strong> cultural event are the discrete categories <strong>of</strong> data.<br />
SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 103
Percentage <strong>of</strong> population<br />
Figure 7.5: Attendance at different types <strong>of</strong> cultural event in Britain, 1999–2000 23<br />
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
Bar charts are one <strong>of</strong> the most commonly used types <strong>of</strong> graph because they are<br />
simple to create and very easy to interpret. They are also a flexible type <strong>of</strong> chart<br />
and there are several variations <strong>of</strong> the standard bar chart, including horizontal bar<br />
charts 24 or grouped/component/stacked bar charts 25 . The chart is constructed such<br />
that the lengths <strong>of</strong> the different bars are proportional to the size <strong>of</strong> the category they<br />
represent. One axis represents the different categories and so has no scale. In order<br />
to emphasise the fact that the categories are discrete, a gap is left between the bars.<br />
The other axis does have a scale and this indicates the units <strong>of</strong> measurement.<br />
In addition to histograms and bar charts, there is a range <strong>of</strong> other approaches to<br />
presenting data graphically, including scatter plots, line graphs and pie charts. Advice<br />
and guidance on the use <strong>of</strong> these can be found on <strong>Blackboard</strong>.<br />
Numerical Representation<br />
There are several numerical measures that serve to summarise a distribution. The<br />
most common are measures <strong>of</strong> location and measures <strong>of</strong> dispersion. As in the<br />
graphical presentation <strong>of</strong> data, there is a choice <strong>of</strong> techniques available. however nonstandard<br />
methods are not as readily available in this regard, because the calculations<br />
performed are <strong>of</strong>ten used in further analyses <strong>of</strong> the data – and these rely upon earlier<br />
calculations having been performed correctly.<br />
23 Source: UK National Statistics – http://www.statistics.gov.uk<br />
24 A horizontal bar chart is one where the bars run from left to right across the<br />
page as opposed to vertically from base to top.<br />
25 On a grouped/component/stacked bar chart, a single bar will display different<br />
categories <strong>of</strong> data. For example, one bar might show sales <strong>of</strong> item X for 2007, for<br />
2008 and for 2009. Each category (sales <strong>of</strong> item X by year) is therefore displayed in<br />
relation to the whole (total sales for item X).<br />
104 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
Let’s start with measures <strong>of</strong> location. These give an idea <strong>of</strong> where the data is ‘centred’.<br />
The best known <strong>of</strong> these is the arithmetic mean, sometimes loosely referred to as<br />
the average. The arithmetic mean <strong>of</strong> a data set is defined by taking the sum <strong>of</strong> the<br />
observations and then dividing this by the number <strong>of</strong> observations. Consider the data<br />
on Diploma assignment marks again, as presented in figures 7.1–7.4 above. The sum<br />
<strong>of</strong> the observations would require us to add all <strong>of</strong> the marks and divide this by the<br />
number <strong>of</strong> observations. We could express this as follows:<br />
25 + … + 79 = 1546 = 51.53 (mean)<br />
30 30<br />
But the arithmetic mean is not the only measure <strong>of</strong> location, and it is not always<br />
the best measure available. It aims to be representative <strong>of</strong> the data, yet there are<br />
circumstances in which it is not. The mean can be significantly affected by outliers<br />
(a few extreme observations) that pull it away from the more numerous, typical<br />
observations. In the case <strong>of</strong> the assignment marks, let’s imagine that four additional<br />
students failed to submit any work and were therefore recorded as 0 marks. In this<br />
case, the mean would drop to 45.47 (i.e., 1546 divided by 34). In this example we see<br />
that the majority <strong>of</strong> students passed the FoM <strong>module</strong>, but with the addition <strong>of</strong> the<br />
four zero marks the impression <strong>of</strong> the average mark changes considerably.<br />
The median is the value within a set <strong>of</strong> data that divides it into two equal parts. To<br />
obtain the median, first it is necessary to arrange the data in ascending order. The<br />
median is then the value that has half <strong>of</strong> the observations below it and half above<br />
it. When there is an even number <strong>of</strong> observations it is necessary to take the mean<br />
<strong>of</strong> the middle two observations. Consider the assignment data again. There are 30<br />
observations. When we put these values into ascending order, we find that the 15th<br />
value is equal to 52 and the 16th is equal to 53. The median is therefore given by<br />
(52+53)/2, which equals 52.5.<br />
The major advantage <strong>of</strong> the median is that it is hardly affected by outliers. For<br />
example, if we observed one extra assignment with a mark <strong>of</strong> only 5, this would have<br />
a significant effect upon the mean, bringing it down to 50.03. The median, however,<br />
would now be the 16th observation – that is 52 – hence very little has changed. But<br />
a problem with the median is that it is not possible to combine two medians to find<br />
an overall median. If, for example, we know that a factory employs 100 women at a<br />
median wage <strong>of</strong> £250 per week and 200 men at a median wage <strong>of</strong> £320 per week,<br />
it is possible to calculate the mean wage for all workers without consulting the raw<br />
data as follows. however, we would have to combine and order all the raw data to<br />
obtain the new median.<br />
The <strong>final</strong> measure <strong>of</strong> location that is commonly used is the mode. This is defined as<br />
the observation that occurs with the greatest frequency. Some care is needed when<br />
determining the mode since it is quite sensitive to how data are grouped. Our raw data<br />
on assignment marks indicate that the figures 40, 50, 55, 58 and 65 all occur twice, so<br />
this distribution has no unique mode. Once the data are grouped, however, a single<br />
class interval with the highest frequency can be found. here the modal group can<br />
be seen to be the interval 50–59 which has 10 observations. But a different grouping<br />
SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 105
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
<strong>of</strong> the data might give a different result. Care is therefore needed. We should look<br />
out for two intervals with similar frequencies, where a slight regrouping might shift<br />
the mode. We should also look out for unequal class widths, since combining classes<br />
is bound to increase the associated frequency. Indeed the mode could be shifted<br />
anywhere by combining sufficient class intervals! The best advice is to calculate the<br />
frequencies as if the class widths were equal and then choose the modal group.<br />
Moreover, individual data can be distributed randomly in the data set, appear<br />
predominantly towards the bottom <strong>of</strong> the value range, or predominantly towards the<br />
top. This influences the relationship between mean, median and mode. Consider the<br />
frequency distribution shown in figure 7.6, which is drawn as a smooth, continuous<br />
distribution curve for convenience.<br />
Figure 7.6: A positively -skewed distribution<br />
It is unimodal (has a single mode) and skewed to the right, i.e., the longer tail is to<br />
the right. In this case the mean (also referred to using the symbol μ) is always greater<br />
than the median (M e ), which is always greater than the mode (M o ). If the distribution<br />
were skewed to the left, then the order would be reversed. A symmetric distribution<br />
would have the mean, mode and median in the same place.<br />
Now let’s move to consider measures <strong>of</strong> dispersion. So far, we have distinguished<br />
data distributions on the basis <strong>of</strong> their ‘central values’; for example, their means. Two<br />
distributions with the same mean could still be very different, however, as shown in<br />
figure 7.7.<br />
106 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
Figure 7.7: A comparison <strong>of</strong> two different distributions with identical means<br />
The distribution for data set X 2 is clearly more spread out (dispersed) than the<br />
distribution for X 1 . If these were two sets <strong>of</strong> assignment marks, assignment 2<br />
would have far more grades at the higher and lower ends <strong>of</strong> the grading scale than<br />
assignment 1, even though both data sets share the same mean.<br />
Clearly it would be useful to have a numerical measure that summarised the different<br />
degrees <strong>of</strong> dispersion <strong>of</strong> these distributions. At first sight it might seem as if such<br />
a measure <strong>of</strong> dispersion could be constructed by considering the mean deviation<br />
around the mean – the mean <strong>of</strong> the differences in value <strong>of</strong> all the data from the mean.<br />
Consider the following two sets <strong>of</strong> data:<br />
(i) 2 4 6 8 10<br />
(ii) 4 5 6 7 8<br />
In each set the mean and median are 6. however, the data for (i) differ from (ii) in that<br />
they are more dispersed. We can construct the mean deviation by subtracting the<br />
arithmetic mean from each individual value. For example, with data set (i), the mean<br />
= 6 and the first value is 2. Therefore 2 – 6 = –4, and so on. But does the sum <strong>of</strong> these<br />
differences give the total dispersion <strong>of</strong> the sample? This is the result <strong>of</strong> summing the<br />
differences between each value and the mean for data set (i). That is:<br />
(–4) + (–2) + (0) + (2) + (4) = 0<br />
The problem with this measure is that the positive and negative deviations around the<br />
mean will cancel each other out. To remedy this problem the deviations are squared<br />
(multiplied by themselves – e.g., 4 squared is 4 x 4 = 16) before being added together:<br />
(–4) 2 + (–2) 2 + (0) 2 + (2) 2 + (4) 2 =16 + 4 + 0 + 4 + 16 = 40<br />
SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 107
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
The sum then needs to be scaled in some way to take account <strong>of</strong> the number <strong>of</strong><br />
observations (5):<br />
40/5 = 8<br />
When this is done, the measure that results is called the variance. The question then<br />
arises as to what units the variance is measured in. Since the deviations were squared<br />
in the course <strong>of</strong> the calculations, the answer must be that these are now in squared<br />
units. This is a somewhat difficult concept to grapple with, so we return to ordinary<br />
units by taking the square root <strong>of</strong> the variance, to obtain the standard deviation.<br />
The square root is the value which, multiplied by itself, produces the value you began<br />
with, and can be arrived at using even the most basic calculator. Just enter the value<br />
then press the √ key. With a variance <strong>of</strong> 8, the square root would be 2.82.<br />
The standard deviation is explained succinctly by Rowntree (1981:53–54) as follows:<br />
“If there were no dispersion at all in a distribution, all the observed values<br />
would be the same. The mean would also be the same as this repeated<br />
value. No observed value would deviate or differ from the mean. But,<br />
with dispersion, the observed values do deviate from the mean, some<br />
by a lot, some by only a little. Quoting the standard deviation <strong>of</strong> a<br />
distribution is a way <strong>of</strong> indicating a kind <strong>of</strong> ‘average’ amount by which<br />
all <strong>of</strong> the values deviate from the mean. The greater the dispersion, the<br />
bigger the deviations and the bigger the standard (average) deviation.”<br />
Two measures have thus been presented that can be used to summarise a distribution<br />
or to compare different distributions; the mean and the standard deviation.<br />
The standard deviation can also be used to compare individual observations from two<br />
distributions. Suppose there are two groups <strong>of</strong> students studying the same <strong>module</strong>.<br />
The <strong>module</strong> assignment for each group is set and marked by different members <strong>of</strong><br />
academic staff, but there is only one prize to award to the best student overall. Should<br />
it be awarded to the best student in Group 1 or Group 2? It would be unfair simply to<br />
take the student with the highest mark, since one assignment could be more difficult<br />
than the other, the marking more severe in one case, or different marking scales may<br />
have been used.<br />
One solution would be to give the prize to the student who has done best relative to<br />
his or her own group. This could be measured by the number <strong>of</strong> standard deviations<br />
each student’s mark is above or below the mean <strong>of</strong> their group. Only the marks <strong>of</strong><br />
the best student in each group would have to be used, so the calculation is fairly<br />
straightforward:<br />
69 – 60 = 1.5 55 – 50 = 2.0<br />
6 2.5<br />
(Group 1) (Group 2)<br />
108 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
Thus the prize should be awarded to the student from Group 2, since to obtain a score<br />
<strong>of</strong> 2.0 standard deviations above the mean is probably a greater achievement than<br />
the 1.5 achieved by the best student in Group 1. The assumption <strong>of</strong> this approach,<br />
however, is that the two groups are broadly similar to begin with. The variance is<br />
the most widely used measure <strong>of</strong> dispersion because, like the mean, its statistical<br />
properties can be established. But there are other measures, which also have their<br />
uses. The range is simply the difference between the largest and the smallest<br />
observations. It is easy to calculate once the data has been ranked, but it has little<br />
else in its favour. It makes use <strong>of</strong> only a small amount <strong>of</strong> information in the sample<br />
and is obviously very sensitive to outliers.<br />
having discussed ways <strong>of</strong> representing descriptive statistics, our last topic <strong>of</strong> discussion<br />
in this section <strong>of</strong> the <strong>module</strong> <strong>book</strong> is statistical inference – i.e., using samples to<br />
make inferences about wider populations.<br />
Statistical Inference<br />
The aim <strong>of</strong> a statistical investigation will usually be to find out the characteristics <strong>of</strong><br />
the relevant population, but on many occasions (as we saw in Section 5) it will be<br />
impractical or impossible to collect data on every element <strong>of</strong> this population. Thus,<br />
once a sample has been taken, the next step in a statistical investigation is to work out<br />
how accurate that sample is by evaluating its various characteristics. Characteristics<br />
<strong>of</strong> a population in this instance are referred to as parameters, while characteristics<br />
<strong>of</strong> the sample are called statistics.<br />
There are two ways in which sample data can be used to make inferences about the<br />
characteristics <strong>of</strong> a population. The first involves the construction <strong>of</strong> a confidence<br />
interval using the sample data. For example, if a sample <strong>of</strong> 1000 units from a<br />
production process is taken and 5% are found to be defective, what can be concluded<br />
about the range into which the population percentage falls? In this case, because<br />
sample data are being used, there is no guarantee that 5% <strong>of</strong> the items overall will<br />
be defective – but it would be very unlikely that 25% were defective.<br />
The second is hypothesis testing (as previously discussed in Section 4) – the<br />
specification <strong>of</strong> a hypothesis and its testing using the sample data. here, we might<br />
start with the hypothesis that only 4% <strong>of</strong> the aforementioned items are in fact<br />
defective. Then the sample information, which indicates that 50 out <strong>of</strong> 1000 were<br />
found to be defective, would be used to determine whether this sample could have<br />
come from a population in which only 4% are defective (the hypothesis). here the<br />
difference between the two would be due to chance factors, particularly in view <strong>of</strong><br />
the fact that only a sample is being used.<br />
SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 109
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
In solving these sorts <strong>of</strong> problems it is assumed that the sample being used is taken<br />
randomly. A random (/probability) sample, as we saw in Section 5, is a sample selected<br />
so that every member <strong>of</strong> the population has an equal chance <strong>of</strong> being selected; and,<br />
as we have also seen, there are various ways <strong>of</strong> doing this. This assumption is crucial<br />
for appropriate statistical inference.<br />
Clearly, there is no guarantee that the statistic will be identical to the parameter, but<br />
one would expect there to be some relationship between the two. This notion can be<br />
expressed in a very general form:<br />
Sample statistic = Population parameter ± Sampling error<br />
If we rearrange this, we see that the population parameter will be related to the<br />
sample statistic as follows:<br />
Population parameter = Sample statistic ± Sampling error<br />
This formulation shows that, in order to establish the relationship between parameter<br />
and statistic, it is necessary to identify the sampling error, as also discussed in Section<br />
5. In other words, we need to work out the sampling distribution <strong>of</strong> the sample<br />
statistics. This can be done by addressing the situation where a number <strong>of</strong> samples<br />
are taken from a population and looking at the distribution <strong>of</strong> the sample statistics<br />
that result. Furthermore, as the sample size increases and begins to approach the<br />
total number <strong>of</strong> observations within the population, one would expect the statistic<br />
to tend towards the parameter; that is, the sampling error gets smaller.<br />
Remember that the calculation <strong>of</strong> a statistic is made on the basis <strong>of</strong> sample data.<br />
The value <strong>of</strong> the sample mean, for example, will vary from sample to sample and<br />
can be regarded as a random variable. The reason for this is that each set <strong>of</strong> sample<br />
data will (or at least should) consist <strong>of</strong> different members <strong>of</strong> the population, and<br />
therefore any calculations based upon it will also vary. If we generate samples from a<br />
known population we will generate a set <strong>of</strong> sample means, a set <strong>of</strong> sample standard<br />
deviations, and so on. These sets <strong>of</strong> data can be treated in the same way as any others,<br />
and we can obtain their means and variances as well as identifying the distribution<br />
involved. What we are interested in, then, is the relationship between the sampling<br />
distribution and the population distribution.<br />
Although sampling distributions can be generated empirically, as outlined above,<br />
it is <strong>of</strong>ten better to derive mathematical formulae for sampling distributions. This<br />
approach enables us to apply the results to many sampling problems. Thus every<br />
statistic can be treated as a random variable and it will have a particular distribution,<br />
which is called the sampling distribution <strong>of</strong> the statistic. Such distributions have<br />
long been recognised within the statistics literature with examples including the<br />
normal distribution, the student t distribution and the F distribution. These<br />
established distributions can be used to form the link between population parameter<br />
and sample statistic since they accurately depict the nature <strong>of</strong> the sampling error.<br />
110 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
In the case <strong>of</strong> the construction <strong>of</strong> a confidence interval, values taken from the<br />
appropriate distribution would be used to formulate a range into which the<br />
population parameter is likely to fall. Note the word ‘likely’ since this indicates that<br />
there is always a chance <strong>of</strong> being wrong. This chance or probability is sometimes<br />
referred to as a p value or significance level. Values taken from the appropriate<br />
distribution allow us to control for this chance <strong>of</strong> error, but it can never be completely<br />
eliminated. In the area <strong>of</strong> statistical analysis researchers typically specify either a 5%<br />
or 1% chance, hence a 5% or 1% significance level. Again we saw this in Section 5.<br />
To illustrate this, consider the example from earlier. A sample <strong>of</strong> 1000 units from a<br />
production process is taken and 5% are found to be defective. In this situation values<br />
would be taken from the normal distribution according to its standard table <strong>of</strong><br />
probabilities. These values, together with other information on variability and sample<br />
size, enable the identification <strong>of</strong> the sampling error and hence the construction <strong>of</strong><br />
a confidence interval. In the case <strong>of</strong> a 5% chance <strong>of</strong> error (i.e., the construction <strong>of</strong> a<br />
95% confidence interval), the range would be 3.65% through to 6.35%, indicating<br />
that we can be ‘95% confident’ that the overall percentage <strong>of</strong> defective units coming<br />
<strong>of</strong>f the production line lies between 3.65% and 6.35%. If instead the researcher chose<br />
a 1% chance <strong>of</strong> error (i.e., the construction <strong>of</strong> a 99% confidence interval), the range<br />
would be 3.22% through to 6.77%, indicating that we can be ‘99% confident’ that<br />
the overall percentage <strong>of</strong> defective units coming <strong>of</strong>f the production line lies between<br />
3.22% and 6.77%. Note that in this situation the interval has widened, showing that<br />
there is a trade-<strong>of</strong>f between confidence and precision.<br />
With hypothesis or significance testing the 5% and 1% figures indicate the<br />
chance or probability <strong>of</strong> drawing the wrong conclusion from the test, hence a 5%<br />
or 1% significance test. Values would again be taken from the standard table <strong>of</strong><br />
probabilities. These values and information on variability and sample size would be<br />
used to calculate a test statistic, and the result <strong>of</strong> this calculation would lead us to<br />
accept or reject the hypothesis that only 4% <strong>of</strong> the items are defective. Given the<br />
information above (5% defect rate in the sample <strong>of</strong> 1000), the hypothesis <strong>of</strong> an<br />
overall defect rate would be accepted. Note that this is consistent with the confidence<br />
interval calculation as 4% falls within both confidence intervals.<br />
In this section we have looked at some <strong>of</strong> the basic principles that ground some <strong>of</strong> the<br />
assumptions surrounding quantitative data analysis. We have tried to avoid going into<br />
detail with complex mathematical equations. Rather our aim was to encourage you<br />
to see the underlying rationale behind the principles. We identified the relationship<br />
between the type <strong>of</strong> data you might be looking at and the possible techniques that<br />
can be employed to analyse that data. We have also discussed the ways in which<br />
we can represent data, both graphically and numerically. Lastly, we explored the<br />
relationship between samples and populations. Using these relationships between<br />
different types <strong>of</strong> data, you can begin to convert these practices into quantitative<br />
analysis in your own work.<br />
SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 111
Summary<br />
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
1. Descriptive statistics involve numerical descriptions <strong>of</strong> observations; inferential<br />
statistics involve making estimates or predictions based on these observations.<br />
2. Data, whether quantitative or qualitative, can be classified as cross-sectional<br />
or time series.<br />
3. Quantitative data can be measured on a nominal, ordinal, interval or ratio<br />
scale.<br />
4. Descriptive statistics can be represented using graphs or numbers.<br />
5. Inferential statistics involves either the construction <strong>of</strong> confidence intervals or<br />
hypothesis testing.<br />
� Key Reading<br />
� Tasks<br />
You should now visit <strong>Blackboard</strong> to identify the key reading from<br />
the companion text<strong>book</strong> and to complete the tasks for this section<br />
<strong>of</strong> the <strong>module</strong>. You may also wish to discuss these tasks with the<br />
tutor and other students on the relevant <strong>module</strong> support forum, but<br />
do remember that others may be progressing through the <strong>module</strong><br />
either more slowly or more quickly than you. Additional support<br />
material for this section can be found in the same section <strong>of</strong> the<br />
<strong>Blackboard</strong> <strong>module</strong> site.<br />
References<br />
The following are the sources which were used to compile this section. Chapters<br />
or excerpts are specified to suggest material which should be especially relevant to<br />
issues covered in the section.<br />
Bryman, A. and E. Bell (2007) Business Research Methods 2 nd Edition. Oxford: Oxford<br />
<strong>University</strong> Press chapter 14<br />
Robson, C. (2002) Real World Research: A Resource for Social Scientists and<br />
Practitioner-Researchers 2 nd Edition. Oxford: Blackwell chapter 13<br />
Rowntree, D. (1981) Statistics Without Tears: A Primer for Non-Mathematicians<br />
London: Penguin<br />
112 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
Saunders, M., P. Lewis and A. Thornhill (2009) Research Methods for Business Students<br />
5 th Edition. harlow: Financial Times Prentice hall chapter 13<br />
SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 113
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
114 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT
Pr<strong>of</strong>essional management Project<br />
school <strong>of</strong> management<br />
section 8<br />
Analysing Qualitative Data
Pr<strong>of</strong>essional management Project<br />
school <strong>of</strong> management
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
SECTION 8<br />
Analysing Qualitative Data<br />
Learning Outcomes<br />
having studied this section <strong>of</strong> the <strong>module</strong> you will be able to:<br />
• identify the possible errors in analysing data <strong>of</strong> any kind<br />
• discuss the merits and limitations <strong>of</strong> different strategies for<br />
analysing qualitative data<br />
• identify the pros and cons <strong>of</strong> qualitative data analysis s<strong>of</strong>tware<br />
• consider the different ways to present analysis <strong>of</strong> qualitative data,<br />
and whether or not you need to produce a full transcript.<br />
Introduction<br />
This section deals with some <strong>of</strong> the key issues around the analysis <strong>of</strong> qualitative data.<br />
Qualitative data, as we know, are collected as words, through more flexible research<br />
methods such as semi-/unstructured interviews or non-structured observation.<br />
Analysis is then typically conducted by classification <strong>of</strong> these data into categories<br />
or themes. Qualitative data analysis is usually written up in the form <strong>of</strong> a textual<br />
narrative interspersed with direct quotations from the respondents/participants.<br />
As we have also established elsewhere, qualitative data are <strong>of</strong>ten understood as<br />
providing a richer and more complex or in-depth account <strong>of</strong> an empirical site. As<br />
Robson (2002:454) suggests, “Narratives, accounts and other collections <strong>of</strong> words are<br />
variously described as ‘rich’, ‘full’ and ‘real’, and contrasted with the thin abstractions<br />
<strong>of</strong> number.” however, this is not always the case, especially if content analysis is used<br />
to analyse the resulting data or the data collected are not fit for purpose.<br />
Data Analysis in General: A Brief Overview<br />
To ensure that you collect the right type <strong>of</strong> data for your project, as well as ensuring it<br />
will actually enable you to explore the areas you are interested in, you should consider<br />
how you will analyse your data very early on. Indeed data analysis should be a factor in<br />
several other methodological decisions. In other words, when selecting your method,<br />
choosing your sample, designing your schedule (as suggested in Section 5), choosing<br />
SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 115
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
your channel, piloting your schedule and doing the data collection itself, you should<br />
think about the data you need to answer your research questions, and how you will<br />
do the analysis. If you haven’t given these issues some serious thought beforehand,<br />
you may find that it is very difficult to interpret the data you actually end up with.<br />
Analysing any kind <strong>of</strong> data, furthermore, is about data reduction – i.e., making sense<br />
<strong>of</strong> a data set, reducing it to manageable and meaningful proportions. But there are<br />
fewer conventions or established practice when it comes to analysing qualitative<br />
data as compared to its quantitative counterpart, where you apply specific statistical<br />
techniques depending on what you want to achieve (as we have seen in Section<br />
7). So to some degree rather more consideration and judgement is required in the<br />
selection <strong>of</strong> an analytical strategy for qualitative data. Furthermore, with qualitative<br />
data in particular, try to analyse them as soon as you can after collection. This way the<br />
research encounters are fresh in your memory and you remember them more clearly,<br />
especially as regards any problems ‘in the field’ which may have affected the data in<br />
particular ways.<br />
Data Analysis and Perceptual Errors<br />
Before we move on to examine particular approaches to the analysis <strong>of</strong> qualitative<br />
data, it is also worth pointing out that, when analysing data <strong>of</strong> whatever kind –<br />
including data from research projects – human beings have certain limitations due<br />
to the way our cognitive processes work. As a result we may make certain common<br />
errors in such analysis. These are effectively perceptual errors. These errors are worth<br />
bearing in mind when analysing your data, because you should try to avoid them.<br />
• Data overload: our brains can only cope with a certain amount <strong>of</strong> information<br />
at once in terms <strong>of</strong> taking it in and trying to understand it. You may therefore<br />
have to do your data analysis in stages to accommodate this. It also means<br />
that the more data you have the more time you will need to analyse them –<br />
and there are feasibility issues here, as noted in earlier discussion in this <strong>book</strong>.<br />
• First impressions/last impressions: because <strong>of</strong> how our perceptual processes<br />
operate, we may form a judgement very early on – i.e., a first impression – <strong>of</strong><br />
what is going on in a particular data set. This is problematic because it means<br />
we may be tempted to ignore contradictory data or make too much <strong>of</strong> data<br />
that support these first impressions as we continue our analysis. Try to keep<br />
an open mind throughout and not to allow early judgements to sway your<br />
conclusions. You should in any case, especially when working with qualitative<br />
data, revisit the data set several times to ensure that what you thought you<br />
had identified at first is actually there. Equally though, we might be swayed<br />
by information which presents itself towards the end <strong>of</strong> the data set (last<br />
impressions), and so the above also applies in reverse.<br />
• Assuming internal consistency: relatedly, we may assume (usually wrongly,<br />
especially with qualitative data) that data are consistent throughout. So when<br />
we come across information which conflicts with what we have seen earlier in<br />
the data set, we might ignore it. But human beings are unique and complex<br />
116 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
creatures and we are also not necessarily consistent as individuals. Indeed we<br />
may say one thing at one point (and mean it) and then say the reverse later<br />
in an interview (and also mean it). Don’t therefore ignore any complexities<br />
and contradictions. Instead, try and understand why they might be present in<br />
your data.<br />
• Being persuaded by information availability: we can <strong>of</strong>ten be persuaded<br />
by information which has been easy to get hold <strong>of</strong>, and neglect to access<br />
other data which might require more effort but tell a different and equally<br />
important story. For example, it may be relatively straightforward to talk to<br />
managers, who are likely to <strong>of</strong>fer one story about the success <strong>of</strong> a particular<br />
organisational change initiative, but more difficult to access rank-and-file<br />
employees, whose perceptions might be rather different.<br />
• Uneven validity: some sources <strong>of</strong> data can be regarded as more valid or<br />
truthful/accurate than others, and you should pay attention to this in your<br />
data analysis. An example is that secondary data from media reports is <strong>of</strong>ten<br />
highly coloured by the political bias <strong>of</strong> the source. Another example is that<br />
particular respondents may have their own agendas which are reflected in<br />
the data you gather. We could, as implied above, assume that managers will<br />
generally want to paint their organisations in a positive light. Another case is<br />
a paper that a member <strong>of</strong> ULSM faculty reviewed recently. The author <strong>of</strong> the<br />
paper had interviewed several people in an organisation to assess whether<br />
the manager in charge <strong>of</strong> the group (a homosexual man) tended to favour<br />
other homosexual men in his decision making. The heterosexual respondents<br />
all said that he did. The single homosexual respondent suggested this was<br />
not the case. The researcher assumed that the heterosexual respondents were<br />
more trustworthy than the homosexual respondent in this instance, because<br />
the latter had probably benefited from the manager’s favouritism and not<br />
necessarily recognised it as favouritism. But this isn’t necessarily true. Perhaps<br />
the man in question had in fact done well on his own merits and was resented<br />
by his heterosexual colleagues, who then developed a rather different version<br />
<strong>of</strong> events to protect their self-esteem. You need to think carefully about issues<br />
like this – i.e., what might be affecting the quality or veracity <strong>of</strong> the data.<br />
• Conflating co-occurrence/correlation with causation: a common error<br />
made when analysing quantitative data in particular, but also qualitative<br />
data, is to confuse co-occurrence or correlation with causation. If one variable<br />
changes in the same way and at the same time as another, this does not<br />
automatically mean that one causes the other. Two examples should illustrate<br />
this point. The first is the data which suggest that, as the use <strong>of</strong> flushing<br />
toilets increases, so do levels <strong>of</strong> coronary heart disease. So does this mean<br />
that flushing toilets cause heart disease? In fact what these data tell us<br />
is that, as standards <strong>of</strong> living rise and so more people can afford flushing<br />
toilets, coronary heart disease (ChD) also rises because more <strong>of</strong> us are doing<br />
better paid, but also less active, more desk-bound, occupations, as well as<br />
eating richer diets (which are more expensive but <strong>of</strong>ten also less healthy).<br />
Less activity and less healthy diets lead to higher rates <strong>of</strong> ChD. So there is a<br />
SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 117
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
co-occurrence/correlation here, in the sense that a rise in flushing toilets and<br />
a rise in ChD occur together; but the relationship is not causal. The second<br />
is the connection which was found between guardsmen fainting whilst on<br />
parade and the s<strong>of</strong>tness <strong>of</strong> the tar on the parade ground. One explanation<br />
<strong>of</strong> this is that the unpleasant fumes from the melting tar caused the men to<br />
faint – but a more likely scenario is that hot weather causes both fainting<br />
and melting tar (cited in Robson 2002:484–485). Again here we have a cooccurrence<br />
or a correlation – not a causal relationship.<br />
• Researcher inconsistency: although as we have said above we would<br />
recommend that you revisit your qualitative data several times to check your<br />
interpretations, it is also true that we as researchers are inconsistent and so<br />
we may well change our minds when we see a data set again. This however<br />
may simply indicate that the data set is in fact quite complex and rich. Also, as<br />
long as you can justify the interpretation that you include in the <strong>final</strong> project,<br />
even if there are others, this is not a problem.<br />
What we will now outline are a number <strong>of</strong> strategies which you may wish to consider<br />
if you think you will need to analyse qualitative data <strong>of</strong> some kind. One <strong>of</strong> the first<br />
issues you need to consider in this regard is your research purpose. We have already<br />
argued in Sections 1 and 5 that research is usually more than just a description <strong>of</strong><br />
what is going on in a particular area. however, you may need to do some descriptive<br />
analysis to provide background or context – e.g., to paint a picture in your assessors’<br />
minds <strong>of</strong> the organisation/s where you did your data gathering. Explanatory/ deductive<br />
research as we also know wouldn’t be typical <strong>of</strong> a qualitative project, but this does<br />
not rule it out entirely as a possibility. We will therefore say something briefly about<br />
this sort <strong>of</strong> approach, outlining two basic strategies for such analysis, <strong>of</strong>fering an<br />
example <strong>of</strong> deductive qualitative work and outlining its pros and cons. Nonetheless<br />
we will spend more time on exploratory/inductive research as this is more ‘classically’<br />
qualitative.<br />
Deductive Analysis <strong>of</strong> Qualitative Data<br />
Pattern Matching<br />
Our first strategy here is pattern matching, a verificationist strategy where you literally<br />
search the data to see how far their patterns verify or match themes suggested by the<br />
hypothesis you are testing. Then you would accept, modify or reject the hypothesis<br />
on this basis. This would usually imply looking either for changes in dependent<br />
variables (specific outcomes – for example, the results <strong>of</strong> a change management<br />
process) or independent variables – for example, trying to identify the causes <strong>of</strong><br />
known outcomes like a decline in productivity or an increasing number <strong>of</strong> workplace<br />
accidents.<br />
118 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
Negative Case Analysis<br />
Negative case analysis involves searching through the data for negative cases which<br />
disprove the starting hypothesis and mean it has to be modified to better fit the<br />
data in this circumstance. The example that is usually given is the hypothesis that ‘All<br />
swans are white’. here the researcher would deliberately look for non-white swans<br />
in the data. Negative case analysis is based on Karl Popper’s falsificationism. Simply<br />
put, Popper argued that we can only ever accept a hypothesis on a provisional basis,<br />
because we never have all the data available to be absolutely sure that it is true<br />
in every single pertinent case. however, Popper argues that we can be sure about<br />
rejecting a hypothesis where we find contradictory data; so he argues that we should<br />
always look for such data. In this example we would probably seek to modify the<br />
hypothesis after finding some non-white swans (e.g., ‘Some swans are white and<br />
some are black’) and test it again.<br />
Popper argues that, if we don’t follow a falsificationist strategy when seeking to<br />
evaluate hypotheses, then we tend to attend only to data which support our existing<br />
beliefs and so confirm the starting hypothesis. This, he suggests, means that we<br />
find it difficult to develop new and perhaps improved ideas about human behaviour.<br />
Any hypothesis which survives a negative case analysis <strong>of</strong> this kind would therefore<br />
be corroborated (because the data gathered in this research project support it)<br />
but not confirmed (because the likelihood, according to Popper, is that there are<br />
data elsewhere in the world which would lead to its modification or even outright<br />
rejection).<br />
An Example <strong>of</strong> Deductivism in Qualitative Management Research<br />
One example <strong>of</strong> an explanatory purpose or deductivism/theory testing in qualitative<br />
research is Scott’s ethnographic study <strong>of</strong> hRM in British organisations. he wanted to<br />
test the hypothesis that “British management was operating according to a ‘new’<br />
model <strong>of</strong> industrial relations, based on a unitaristic view <strong>of</strong> organizational life, where<br />
workers and managers are seen to have a similar interest in the success <strong>of</strong> the firm”<br />
(Bryman and Bell 2007:628). In other words, Scott wished to discover whether, given<br />
the widespread introduction <strong>of</strong> hRM as an alternative approach to managing staff 26 ,<br />
British employees and managers did in fact have similar interests (the unitarist<br />
philosophy which hRM is based on), or whether differences persisted in the form<br />
<strong>of</strong> ‘them and us’ type cultures. Scott’s findings indicated that any movement away<br />
from ‘them and us’ pluralism to hRM unitarism was incomplete and only found in<br />
organisational ‘pockets’ here and there. So his starting hypothesis was not confirmed.<br />
Pros and Cons <strong>of</strong> Deductivism in the Analysis <strong>of</strong> Qualitative Data<br />
The strength <strong>of</strong> doing deductive analysis <strong>of</strong> qualitative data (which <strong>of</strong> course would<br />
have been gathered to test a specific hypothesis) is that it gives you a clear path<br />
through the data. In other words, the hypothesis tells you what to look for in the<br />
data. But, as Bryman points out,<br />
26 Refer back to Foundations <strong>of</strong> Management for discussion <strong>of</strong> hRM.<br />
SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 119
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
“The prior specification <strong>of</strong> a theory tends to be disfavoured [by qualitative<br />
researchers] because <strong>of</strong> the possibility <strong>of</strong> introducing a premature<br />
closure on the issues to be investigated, as well as the possibility <strong>of</strong><br />
the theoretical constructs departing excessively from the views <strong>of</strong><br />
participants in a social setting.” (cited in Saunders et al. 2009:489)<br />
In other words, it has been argued that deductive work in this type <strong>of</strong> research may<br />
well lead to ‘premature closure’ <strong>of</strong> emergent issues and a neglect <strong>of</strong> complexities<br />
and nuances in the data because the hypothesis limits what the researcher looks at.<br />
This can mean that some parts <strong>of</strong> the data are ignored altogether – whether they<br />
support the hypothesis or not – since they appear not to have anything to do with<br />
the variables which the hypothesis identifies as significant. Testing a hypothesis may<br />
therefore make it difficult to see qualitative data holistically or ‘in the round’ – to<br />
excavate all its richness, which is arguably its real strength when collected properly,<br />
as compared to quantitative data.<br />
And so we move to inductive analysis <strong>of</strong> qualitative data, which is a more common<br />
approach.<br />
Inductive Analysis <strong>of</strong> Qualitative Data<br />
Grounded Theory, and a More Realistic Alternative<br />
Grounded theory is perhaps the most extreme form <strong>of</strong> inductivism when analysing<br />
qualitative data. It was originally developed by Glaser and Strauss (1969) in the<br />
late 1960s but they subsequently had an intellectual disagreement and have since<br />
published rather different accounts <strong>of</strong> what it means to conduct grounded theory<br />
research (Glaser 1978, 1992; Strauss and Corbin 1998). In many ways grounded<br />
theory can be understood as a methodology in itself – it is arguably more than just<br />
an approach to data analysis. What follows is an attempt to summarise some <strong>of</strong> the<br />
key aspects <strong>of</strong> this complex and controversial approach to qualitative research and<br />
analysis.<br />
First, and because <strong>of</strong> the emphasis on inductivism here, the idea is that the eventual<br />
theory (the way in which the researcher <strong>final</strong>ly understands what is going on in the<br />
data) emerges from/is grounded in the data alone. It has not been informed in any<br />
way by pre-existing hypotheses. This means, grounded theory proponents argue,<br />
that the researcher doesn’t force the data to fit the theory (a potential problem<br />
<strong>of</strong> deductivism according to Popper, as we have already seen) but instead develops<br />
a theory which fits the data. Therefore strictly speaking grounded theory requires<br />
that the first step <strong>of</strong> the process is to design your schedule and collect and analyse<br />
your data. This happens before any consultation <strong>of</strong> the relevant subject-specific<br />
literature on organisational structure, organisational culture, relationship marketing,<br />
charismatic leadership, stress, productivity, employee motivation, the supply chain,<br />
auditing, whatever. An MBA student we once taught also described the need to ‘have<br />
a good wash’ before data collection using grounded theory begins, to get rid <strong>of</strong> as<br />
120 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
much pre-judgement or bias as possible, and to go in with an open mind. Grounded<br />
theory methods typically involve unstructured interviewing 27 or some form <strong>of</strong> nonstructured<br />
observation. They usually also gather qualitative data.<br />
however, although you may wish to read more about grounded theory for your<br />
own interest or even for your <strong>PMP</strong>, it has a number <strong>of</strong> drawbacks. For instance, it<br />
takes a very long time to do properly. In fact as already established it is more <strong>of</strong> a<br />
methodology in and <strong>of</strong> itself than purely an approach to analysing qualitative data.<br />
Second, it is crucial to be precise in terms <strong>of</strong> following all the recommended steps<br />
to the letter. So, rather than describing grounded theory in detail, we are going to<br />
discuss what we feel is a more realistic alternative. We would suggest that this is a<br />
more common way to analyse qualitative data.<br />
This approach is a variation on grounded theory. So it takes its inspiration from<br />
grounded theory but does not follow this methodology in its entirety because <strong>of</strong> the<br />
above deficiencies. Overall it is partly inductive but more structured/guided from the<br />
outset by the subject-specific literature and less reliant on repetition <strong>of</strong> steps than<br />
grounded theory.<br />
It proceeds as follows:<br />
• Consult subject-specific literature and inform yourself about the organisation/s<br />
or context/s where you are gathering your data. As discussed in Section 5, use<br />
these sources <strong>of</strong> information to develop your research schedule.<br />
• Pilot if possible, then amend your schedule accordingly and gather your data.<br />
• Familiarise yourself with the data, which involves you immersing yourself in<br />
the data; reading through them carefully and beginning to note emergent<br />
themes.<br />
• Coding: “A code is a symbol applied to a section <strong>of</strong> text to classify or categorize<br />
it” (Robson 2002:477). A different code should be applied every time the<br />
emphasis or focus <strong>of</strong> the data seems to change – which could even be several<br />
times in one sentence. Examples <strong>of</strong> codes might be “‘requesting information’<br />
27 The MBA student referred to above actually had only one question in her<br />
unstructured interview schedule. her research set out to assess whether a particular<br />
change programme involving the devolution <strong>of</strong> the human Resource function from<br />
a centralised department down to separate directorates and a general shift towards<br />
an hRM approach away from a personnel management approach in a UK NhS Trust<br />
had been successful. her sole question, to those who were affected by the change,<br />
was ‘how was it for you?’ her findings suggested that the change had been very<br />
‘top down’ – i.e., imposed by senior management – so individuals had no choice but<br />
to re-educate themselves about the benefits <strong>of</strong> devolution and <strong>of</strong> the shift towards<br />
hRM. Overall then the change had been received as positive, despite the fact that<br />
the way it was managed contradicts most if not all the available literature on change<br />
management (Smart 1994)!<br />
SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 121
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
or ‘expressing doubt’” (Robson 2002:461). The basic question here is ‘What<br />
is this piece <strong>of</strong> data an example <strong>of</strong>?’ You should <strong>of</strong> course bear your literature<br />
review and your overall research questions in mind when identifying codes –<br />
what do these suggest you might expect to find in your data?<br />
• Also be open to any emergent codes and contradictions. Pay careful<br />
attention to anything new which you weren’t expecting as well as being alert<br />
to contradictions and complexities in the data. For example, a co-author <strong>of</strong><br />
this <strong>book</strong>, when conducting her PhD research on sexual relationships at work,<br />
kept noticing ‘space’ as a theme in the data she had collected – i.e., the<br />
idea that the physical design <strong>of</strong> <strong>of</strong>fice space affects relationships between<br />
colleagues. This was not something she had expected to find, but it was too<br />
strong a theme to ignore.<br />
• Reread your data, reread your analysis – do the two still seem to fit together?<br />
• Integrate literature and data: refer back to the subject-specific literature to<br />
see the extent to which the analysis seems to conform to, alter or entirely<br />
depart from the conclusions drawn by other authors on the same subject.<br />
• Return to respondents to check validity if you can: respondent validation <strong>of</strong><br />
the analysis <strong>of</strong> qualitative data is always a good idea if possible – you can, for<br />
example, send a draft by e-mail for comments.<br />
• Produce the <strong>final</strong> version <strong>of</strong> the analysis.<br />
But qualitative researchers may also employ a technique called content analysis which<br />
as we have suggested already literally counts or quantifies qualitative data and thus<br />
turns it into quantitative data. Content analysis can be used in either deductive or<br />
inductive research. We <strong>of</strong>fer a brief overview <strong>of</strong> what it is and how it works next.<br />
Content Analysis<br />
As an example, hodson (cited in Bryman and Bell 2007:319, 636) undertook content<br />
analysis <strong>of</strong> 86 workplace ethnographies 28 . here he counted how many organisations<br />
fell into the various categories described (‘craft’, ‘direct supervision’, ‘assembly line’,<br />
‘bureaucratic’ and ‘worker participation’) and treated ‘organisational category’ as the<br />
independent variable. hodson then sought to see how this variable affected various<br />
dependent variables, whilst also attending to potentially mediating variables –<br />
which intervene between independent and dependent variables to produce different<br />
effects. Two examples here are job satisfaction and level <strong>of</strong> worker autonomy.<br />
28 In other words, published accounts <strong>of</strong> research in workplaces that had been<br />
carried out using participant observation (refer back to Section 5).<br />
122 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
hodson concludes from his study that academic pessimism about whether employee<br />
participation schemes actually benefit the employee or are genuine in their intentions<br />
might be misplaced. he also argues that his approach has potential to become the<br />
basis for future research projects as ethnographic accounts <strong>of</strong> organisations increase<br />
in number. hodson acknowledges that content analysis ignores contextual factors<br />
because it singles variables out from the data to explore relationships between<br />
them. however he suggests that, unusually for qualitative research, it allows<br />
coverage <strong>of</strong> a range <strong>of</strong> different types <strong>of</strong> organisations as well as hypothesis testing/<br />
deductivism. Furthermore, the data he analysed are more detailed and rich than<br />
standard quantitative data.<br />
To undertake content analysis, consider the following steps:<br />
• Recording unit: What level <strong>of</strong> analysis will you apply to the data? Are you<br />
going to attend to each word, each phrase, each sentence or each paragraph?<br />
• Categories: These are the themes or variables you are looking for. Some will<br />
come from the subject-specific literature, especially if you are seeking to test<br />
a specific hypothesis. Some will be themes suggested by the data themselves.<br />
The list <strong>of</strong> categories needs to be relevant to the research questions you want<br />
to answer. It should also be as exhaustive or comprehensive as possible in this<br />
regard, contain mutually exclusive categories and be clear and easy to use.<br />
Indeed this stage <strong>of</strong> content analysis is similar to the design <strong>of</strong> structured<br />
observation schedules, as discussed in Section 5.<br />
• Test and revise: Pilot the list <strong>of</strong> categories you have chosen against the data<br />
to check that it will fulfil the criteria outlined above, and revise if necessary.<br />
• Analyse the data themselves.<br />
SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 123
Example 8.1: An example <strong>of</strong> a content analysis schedule<br />
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
This schedule could be used to quantify reasons given by eight<br />
respondents for the introduction <strong>of</strong> an incentive scheme in a given<br />
organisation. It has been adapted from the first edition <strong>of</strong> Easterby-<br />
Smith et al. (1991:107).The content analysis coding sheet might look<br />
something like this:<br />
To increase pr<strong>of</strong>its<br />
To increase<br />
productivity<br />
To increase<br />
efficiency<br />
To increase labour<br />
flexibility<br />
To increase earnings<br />
To reduce<br />
production costs<br />
To reduce<br />
absenteeism<br />
To reduce wastage/<br />
rejects<br />
etc …<br />
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Total<br />
You would then count the number <strong>of</strong> times each respondent mentioned<br />
each reason and total them up to arrive at a set <strong>of</strong> figures for further<br />
analysis.<br />
Content analysis can be seen as beneficial because it effectively ‘cuts the data up’ into<br />
themes/categories/variables and allows you to count the frequency <strong>of</strong> occurrence<br />
<strong>of</strong> each. It can be therefore seen as <strong>of</strong>fering more objectivity compared to other<br />
methods <strong>of</strong> analysis <strong>of</strong> qualitative data. It is also easier to use than the inductive<br />
method we described above. But its drawbacks include the following:<br />
124 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
1. Saunders et al. (2009:497) note that “there is clearly only limited purpose<br />
in collecting qualitative data if you intend to ignore the nature and value<br />
<strong>of</strong> these data by reducing most <strong>of</strong> them to a simplified form”. So content<br />
analysis could be a good strategy to use in initially getting to grips with a<br />
qualitative data set. But it does tend to downplay the complexity and nuances<br />
<strong>of</strong> qualitative data, as well as ignoring its context, as already established<br />
above.<br />
2. You should also try not to be seduced by the fact that content analysis<br />
generates numbers, and so may feel rather more ‘scientific’. As we have tried<br />
to establish throughout this <strong>book</strong>, there is no one best way to do research.<br />
Instead your choices should be guided in the main by what works best for<br />
your project in your circumstances. In any case, content analysis still involves<br />
researcher interpretations about what respondents mean and how they use<br />
language, and thus how to categorise the relevant data – so there is still a fair<br />
amount <strong>of</strong> subjectivity involved.<br />
3. Content analysis can be argued to neglect respondent interpretations in the<br />
sense that it may tell you what they feel, say or do but not why they feel,<br />
say or do these things. For example, Barley et al. (cited in Bryman and Bell<br />
2007:304, 321) wanted to research the ways in which management academics<br />
and managers influenced each other. They chose to do content analysis on<br />
192 articles on organisational culture 29 , some written by academics, some<br />
by managers, and published between 1975 and 1984. Their findings tell us<br />
that the academic papers gradually took on board managers’ interpretations<br />
<strong>of</strong> culture over time, but that the reverse was not true. however, what this<br />
analysis fails to tell us is why this might have been the case.<br />
Moving on, we now consider the extent to which s<strong>of</strong>tware packages might assist in<br />
the analysis <strong>of</strong> qualitative data, given their popularity in the analysis <strong>of</strong> its quantitative<br />
counterpart.<br />
S<strong>of</strong>tware Packages and Analysing Qualitative Data<br />
WARNING! Any s<strong>of</strong>tware package is only as good as the data (whether quantitative<br />
or qualitative) you have collected. Qualitative packages also don’t do the job for<br />
you to the extent that SPSS or spreadsheets 30 might with quantitative data – they<br />
certainly cannot substitute for your interpretive skills.<br />
29 Refer back to Foundations <strong>of</strong> Management for discussion <strong>of</strong> organisational<br />
culture.<br />
30 SPSS stands for Statistical Package for the Social Sciences and is a<br />
sophisticated s<strong>of</strong>tware package for quantitative data analysis. however, most <strong>of</strong> the<br />
analysis you will probably need to do for any <strong>PMP</strong> involving quantitative data can be<br />
accomplished using an Micros<strong>of</strong>t Excel spreadsheet, or a decent calculator<br />
SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 125
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
Some types or functions <strong>of</strong> qualitative data analysis s<strong>of</strong>tware packages (Weitzman<br />
and Miles, cited in Robson 2002:462–463) include:<br />
• text retrievers<br />
These can find certain words or strings <strong>of</strong> words or characters (i.e., letters<br />
and numbers). Some text retrievers count and display words in their context<br />
as well, so you can see in general where these tend to appear in the data, as<br />
well as how frequently they appear. however, the search function in a wordprocessing<br />
package like Micros<strong>of</strong>t Word will also find words/strings <strong>of</strong> words<br />
or characters for you.<br />
• code and retrieve programs (e.g., Ethnograph)<br />
These help the researcher to divide the text into segments/recording units and<br />
to attach specific codes to these segments. They will then find and display all<br />
the text which is coded in a particular way. Again though there are ways to<br />
do this using Word – e.g., by highlighting some text in italics as belonging to<br />
a specific code and then instructing the package only to find italicised text<br />
using the search function.<br />
• code-based theory programs (e.g., NVivo)<br />
These have the same functions as code and retrieve programs but also help<br />
to support theory building because they can allow a researcher to connect<br />
codes together as well as developing and testing emerging propositions<br />
against the data. These programs would be particularly useful for grounded<br />
theory.<br />
Things to bear in mind if you want to use such a package are, first, that your judgement<br />
and interpretation still matter, as suggested above. Further, choose carefully according<br />
to criteria like its cost, whether any preparation <strong>of</strong> the data is required before the<br />
package will accept them, your own style <strong>of</strong> analysis and what the package actually<br />
does. You should also remember that you will need to be pr<strong>of</strong>icient in operating the<br />
package before you do the actual data reduction. Most s<strong>of</strong>tware companies will<br />
allow you to trial a package before you buy it. Third, remember that using a s<strong>of</strong>tware<br />
package to analyse qualitative data might lead to an unwitting emphasis on ‘word<br />
crunching’ and focusing on quantities <strong>of</strong> data in themes and categories as opposed<br />
to understanding the meaning, complexity and context <strong>of</strong> the data. Manual analysis,<br />
in short, is probably easier in the long run and allows you to get much closer to your<br />
qualitative data in all its complex, variegated and ambiguous glory.<br />
As an example, halme (2002) – whose research we discussed in Section 2 – used a<br />
qualitative data analysis package in her grounded theory research. She said this made<br />
it easier for her to follow all the various stages <strong>of</strong> coding and recoding this required<br />
because the s<strong>of</strong>tware speeded this process up. But she does emphasise that the<br />
package did not do the thinking for her and that she effectively used it in the same<br />
126 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
way as we might use a series <strong>of</strong> index cards to record codes, or coloured markers to<br />
highlight coded data on a hard copy transcript.<br />
Presenting Qualitative Data<br />
The presentation <strong>of</strong> qualitative data analysis is usually not just descriptive, as we have<br />
already argued. What follows are therefore some pointers to make your presentation<br />
meaningful. Some <strong>of</strong> these techniques are also useful for analysing data.<br />
• narrative and quotes<br />
As suggested above, this is the standard approach which can be found in<br />
the majority <strong>of</strong> publications based on qualitative research. The researcher<br />
here intersperses direct quotations from the data with indirect quotations<br />
summarising respondents’ feelings, behaviour and beliefs 31 . Theoretical<br />
conceptualisation – i.e., what these data say about the relevant literature<br />
and your research questions – may be presented at the same time or as a<br />
separate, subsequent chapter. however, in a 6000 word project, we strongly<br />
recommend that you present and analyse the data in the same chapter to cut<br />
down on length.<br />
• matrices<br />
here the researcher would use a spreadsheet where each respondent/<br />
group <strong>of</strong> respondents is presented on an individual row, and the columns<br />
would indicate particular themes or issues in the data. Each box would then<br />
summarise what each respondent/group had to say about each issue, perhaps<br />
with an indicative direct quotation or two.<br />
• diagrams and charts<br />
These could for example depict lines <strong>of</strong> travel around a workplace derived from<br />
observation data, an organisation structure or flow charts <strong>of</strong> work processes<br />
derived from interview or observation data. It might also be interesting to<br />
compare any such data with ‘<strong>of</strong>ficial’ documents where they exist – e.g., to<br />
the organisation structure as it appears in the Annual Report, for example.<br />
• causal networks<br />
These would trace independent and dependent variables and/or correlations<br />
between variables to show where the relationships exist and what the<br />
outcomes are, using pictures <strong>of</strong> these causal networks.<br />
31 Refer back to the guidance on referencing in Foundations <strong>of</strong> Management or<br />
your programme hand<strong>book</strong> for a reminder <strong>of</strong> what the difference is between direct<br />
and indirect quotations.<br />
SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 127
• content analysis<br />
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
Content analysis, as we know, generates quantitative data for further analysis,<br />
which you might then want to present using traditionally quantitative<br />
techniques like bar charts, histograms, line graphs and scatter plots.<br />
Some Final Pointers on the Analysis <strong>of</strong> Qualitative Data<br />
These are worth bearing in mind as they will help in any analysis <strong>of</strong> this kind.<br />
Do You Need A Transcript?<br />
A transcript, as we established in Section 6, is a full and complete typed record <strong>of</strong> all<br />
<strong>of</strong> your interview tapes/digital recordings. So to produce a transcript you will need<br />
to have recorded the interviews themselves, unless you have very good shorthand!<br />
A good audio typist should be able to transcribe one hour <strong>of</strong> interview tape/digital<br />
recording in approximately four hours, and it will take someone who is less skilled<br />
much longer. If you choose to pay an audio typist to do your transcribing then this<br />
automatically breaches confidentiality as we have also suggested in Section 6.<br />
Producing a transcript yourself is also a good first step in qualitative data analysis<br />
anyway as you have to listen so carefully to what is being said, and it also means<br />
that your record <strong>of</strong> the data is complete. Nonetheless you may prefer to listen to the<br />
recordings and only transcribe certain sections for use in direct quotations whilst<br />
summarising the rest. Remember here to take down the numbers on the tape/digital<br />
counter whenever you decide to transcribe a particular section, so you can always<br />
find the relevant place in the data set. Transcribing machines also make the job <strong>of</strong><br />
transcribing easier as they come with headphones and a foot pedal which allows you<br />
to stop, pause, rewind and fast forward the recording without taking your fingers <strong>of</strong>f<br />
the keyboard.<br />
The Kolb Learning Cycle<br />
Analysing qualitative data can in many ways be likened to Kolb’s (1984) learning<br />
cycle. here you begin with a concrete experience (this is the actual data gathering),<br />
then move to reflective observation (where you familiarise yourself with the data),<br />
then to abstract conceptualisation (where you identify how the data relate to the<br />
existing literature) and <strong>final</strong>ly to active experimentation (where you check your<br />
analysis again to make sure it stands up and possibly, as suggested above, ask your<br />
respondents to comment on it as well). Active experimentation may suggest that you<br />
need to gather more data. hence you would return to the concrete experience stage<br />
<strong>of</strong> the cycle. Figure 8.1 below illustrates the process in diagrammatic form.<br />
128 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
Figure 8.1: Kolb’s learning cycle as applied to qualitative data analysis<br />
How Do You Know? And So What?<br />
It is crucial that any data analysis, whether <strong>of</strong> primary or secondary data, quantitative<br />
or qualitative data, answers both <strong>of</strong> these questions. The first question requires<br />
that, when you make a claim about your data (e.g., ‘Many respondents thought X’),<br />
you substantiate it by direct reference to the relevant data themselves. The second<br />
question requires that you don’t just report or describe your data in this way, but that<br />
you also analyse them. In other words, this means that you must make the relevant<br />
links to the literature – do your data support, amend or contradict what is claimed<br />
there? – as well as suggesting what these data have to say about your research<br />
questions.<br />
� Key Reading<br />
� Tasks<br />
You should now visit <strong>Blackboard</strong> to identify the key reading from<br />
the companion text<strong>book</strong> and to complete the tasks for this section<br />
<strong>of</strong> the <strong>module</strong>. You may also wish to discuss these tasks with the<br />
tutor and other students on the relevant <strong>module</strong> support forum, but<br />
do remember that others may be progressing through the <strong>module</strong><br />
either more slowly or more quickly than you. Additional support<br />
material for this section can be found in the same section <strong>of</strong> the<br />
<strong>Blackboard</strong> <strong>module</strong> site.<br />
SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 129
Summary<br />
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
i) human beings have specific limitations as data analysts – you should try and<br />
avoid the resulting errors as far as possible.<br />
ii) Your strategy for analysing qualitative data should depend on the purpose <strong>of</strong><br />
your research. Is it descriptive, explanatory or exploratory?<br />
iii) Both deductive and inductive strategies have strengths and weaknesses, and<br />
there are variants <strong>of</strong> each. Content analysis can be used for both strategies.<br />
iv) S<strong>of</strong>tware is available for analysing qualitative data but should only be used<br />
when you are sure that you could not do the job just as well manually and/or<br />
with a basic word-processing or spreadsheet package.<br />
v) There are various ways to present qualitative data, the most conventional <strong>of</strong><br />
which is the summary narrative plus direct quotations form.<br />
vi) Finally, consider issues around transcripts, Kolb’s learning cycle and whether<br />
you can successfully demonstrate your claims about your data and then link<br />
them to your research questions and the relevant literature.<br />
References<br />
Bryman, A. and E. Bell (2007) Business Research Methods 2 nd Edition. Oxford: Oxford<br />
<strong>University</strong> Press chapters 12, 22 and 23<br />
Easterby-Smith, M., R. Lowe and A. Thorpe (2008) Management Research 3 rd Edition.<br />
London: Sage chapter 8 (also see the first edition, 1991, for the full version <strong>of</strong> the<br />
content analysis coding sheet example give above)<br />
Glaser, B.G. (1978) Theoretical Sensitivity: Advances in the Methodology <strong>of</strong> Grounded<br />
Theory Mill Valley, California: Sociology Press<br />
Glaser, B.G. (1992) Basics <strong>of</strong> Grounded Theory Analysis Mill Valley, California: Sociology<br />
Press<br />
Glaser, B.G. and A.L. Strauss (1969) The Discovery <strong>of</strong> Grounded Theory: Strategies for<br />
Qualitative Research London: Weidenfeld and Nicolson<br />
halme, M. (2002) ‘Corporate environmental paradigms in shift: learning during the<br />
course <strong>of</strong> action at UPM-Kymmene’ Journal <strong>of</strong> Management Studies 39(8):1087–1109<br />
Kolb, D.A. (1984) Experiential Learning: Experience As The Source <strong>of</strong> Learning and<br />
Development Englewood Cliffs, CA: Prentice hall<br />
130 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
Robson, C. (2002) Real World Research: A Resource for Social Scientists and<br />
Practitioner-Researchers 2 nd Edition. Oxford: Blackwell pp. 386–389, chapter 14<br />
Saunders, M., P. Lewis and A. Thornhill (2009) Research Methods for Business Students<br />
5 th Edition. harlow: Financial Times Prentice hall chapter 13<br />
Smart, S. (1994) The Nature <strong>of</strong> Strategic Change Towards Human Resource<br />
Management unpublished MBA dissertation, <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Portsmouth<br />
Strauss, A.L. and Corbin, J. (1998) Basics <strong>of</strong> Qualitative Research 2 nd Edition. Thousand<br />
Oaks, California: Sage<br />
SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 131
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
132 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT
Pr<strong>of</strong>essional management Project<br />
school <strong>of</strong> management<br />
section 9<br />
Writing Up Your Pr<strong>of</strong>essional<br />
Management Project
Pr<strong>of</strong>essional management Project<br />
school <strong>of</strong> management
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
SECTION 9<br />
Writing Up Your Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Management<br />
Project<br />
Learning Outcomes<br />
having studied this section <strong>of</strong> the <strong>module</strong> you will be able to:<br />
• understand how important it is that your project is well written,<br />
and how you can achieve high standards in producing written<br />
text<br />
• identify the ‘dos’ and ‘don’t’s’ <strong>of</strong> good project writing practice<br />
• know where to go for additional help with your project.<br />
Introduction<br />
It is worth pointing out from the outset that most people who have grown up<br />
speaking English are more fluent when they speak than when they write. So the<br />
advice in this section applies to all <strong>of</strong> you, not just to those who speak and write<br />
English as a second (/third/fourth etc.) language. We will cover the importance <strong>of</strong><br />
good writing, <strong>of</strong>fer some advice on how to achieve it and point you in the direction<br />
<strong>of</strong> resources which provide additional assistance.<br />
The Importance <strong>of</strong> Good Writing In Your Project, and How to<br />
Achieve It<br />
Your project mark is entirely based on your written performance, so even those <strong>of</strong> you<br />
doing more quantitative research still need to be able to express yourselves clearly in<br />
writing. What you know is invisible to your assessors unless you can communicate<br />
it satisfactorily in writing. There is no oral examination/viva for Pr<strong>of</strong>essional<br />
Management Projects at the <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Leicester</strong> School <strong>of</strong> Management.<br />
Writing well involves turning your ideas into a logical and credible argument – and as<br />
a form <strong>of</strong> communication it is very different from talking. In other words, when we<br />
talk to someone the other person can hear us but also has access to our expressions,<br />
gestures, tone, emphases etc. They can usually also ask for clarification. Readers<br />
cannot. So you need to ensure that your project is comprehensive, coherent and<br />
SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 133
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
persuasive. It should include all the relevant material as discussed in Section 1 (making<br />
it comprehensive). It should also be clearly structured, well argued and evidenced and<br />
focused on its subject matter (making it coherent). Finally, it needs to be sufficiently<br />
detailed to allow your assessors to see how you arrived at your conclusions and<br />
recommendations, and therefore to judge them (making it persuasive). Also refer<br />
back to Section 1 on what makes a good project, some <strong>of</strong> which will be repeated<br />
here.<br />
Learning to write well involves, first, reading others’ work. So think about academic<br />
authors whose work you find easy to read and understand, because it is accessible<br />
and logically structured. Then consider the techniques and approaches they use.<br />
Writing well is all about communicating clearly so you should try and learn from<br />
others’ successes (and indeed failures). Second you need to observe academic codes<br />
and conventions, like structuring every chapter using an introduction, discussion<br />
and summary format (earlier we called this ‘topping and tailing’), referencing all<br />
your sources properly, explaining technical concepts and so on. Third, you need to<br />
practise. The more you write – and the more notice you take <strong>of</strong> our suggestions and<br />
comments on your previous PDM assignments – the more you will improve.<br />
Another useful tip for putting together a really good <strong>final</strong> version <strong>of</strong> your project is<br />
to write up as you go. After all, “Writing is first and foremost analysing, revising<br />
and polishing the text. The idea that one can produce a ready-made text right away<br />
is just about as senseless as the cyclist who never had to restore his or her balance”<br />
(Alasuutari 1995:178). In other words, don’t start writing up shortly before you are<br />
due to submit the project proper. We suggested in Section 6 that by the time you get<br />
to what is usually called the ‘writing up’ stage, you should already have a full draft<br />
version <strong>of</strong> the project which you can then revisit, revise and pro<strong>of</strong>read as necessary.<br />
Drafting parts <strong>of</strong> the project as you go makes your life a lot easier when it comes to<br />
producing the <strong>final</strong> version.<br />
Something else you will undoubtedly experience during the writing <strong>of</strong> your project,<br />
perhaps at several points, is writer’s block. This is the feeling that you just can’t<br />
think <strong>of</strong> anything to say, the horror <strong>of</strong> the empty screen or page in front <strong>of</strong> you, a<br />
lack <strong>of</strong> motivation to start a new chapter or a redraft <strong>of</strong> an existing chapter. So here<br />
are some tips when you just can’t seem to get (re-)started. The first three ideas are to<br />
draft your contents page, type out your bibliography or type out the quotations<br />
(from the literature and/or from your data) which you plan to use in the project.<br />
All three <strong>of</strong> these tactics mean you have at least put pen to paper or fingers to<br />
keyboard as well as being useful tasks in and <strong>of</strong> themselves. Another idea is to draft<br />
a structure for the chapter you are trying to write. Then you can fill in the gaps<br />
under each section <strong>of</strong> the chapter. Another, which many famous authors <strong>of</strong> fiction<br />
use, is to set a target for words per day, write up to it then edit. In other words, just<br />
write until you hit your target and try not to edit as you go. Leave the editing process<br />
until after you have written the requisite number <strong>of</strong> words. Otherwise you may find<br />
yourself endlessly editing the first sentence until you think you’ve got it right, and<br />
never getting any further!<br />
134 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
You could also try speaking your ideas out loud, recording and transcribing them.<br />
This allows you to get something down on paper to work with and edit. A variation<br />
on this theme is to present your ideas to somebody else. Again you can record this<br />
presentation as well as getting feedback from the other person as to what makes<br />
sense, what doesn’t, what is omitted, what probably doesn’t need to be there and<br />
so on. Or try writing at a different time <strong>of</strong> day. Some <strong>of</strong> us find it easiest to write<br />
in the late afternoon and early evening. Other people are better at writing in the<br />
morning. Experiment to see when you tend to be most productive.<br />
Before we move on to some technical pointers for better writing, we want to say two<br />
more things. First, keep your research questions in mind throughout the writing<br />
process. As we have said with regard to taking notes for and writing up a literature<br />
review in Section 2, when writing any part <strong>of</strong> your project try to remember your<br />
research questions and therefore to ensure that everything that goes into the finished<br />
product has a direct bearing on those questions. In particular avoid packing your<br />
project with material that is only vaguely relevant. The temptation is always to put<br />
in everything that you have read in the subject-specific or methodology literature, or<br />
experienced whilst planning and carrying out your methodology, but this can lead<br />
to irrelevancies. Writing well is as much about what to leave out as what to include,<br />
especially as you only have 6000 words.<br />
Second, you also need to remember that the project is not just a literature review or<br />
a description <strong>of</strong> what is going on in a particular part <strong>of</strong> the world <strong>of</strong> management.<br />
So avoid simply writing up everything you know about organisational structure,<br />
organisational culture, relationship marketing, charismatic leadership, stress,<br />
productivity, employee motivation, the supply chain, auditing or whatever else, and/<br />
or just describing what your findings were. Remember, as established at several points<br />
in this <strong>module</strong> <strong>book</strong>, academic research is about asking and answering questions<br />
via a combination <strong>of</strong> literature and primary/secondary data or a synthesis and/or<br />
evaluation <strong>of</strong> (different bodies <strong>of</strong>) literature.<br />
Now to some much more specific advice on writing.<br />
Some Technical Pointers, or the ‘Dos’ and ‘Don’ts’<br />
<strong>of</strong> Writing a Project<br />
This advice is given so that, if you follow it, your project will communicate as clearly<br />
as possible to your assessors. First, what should you make sure that you do when<br />
writing your project?<br />
The ‘Dos’ <strong>of</strong> Writing a Project<br />
Do make sure you provide a clear route map, and that you ‘top and tail’. As suggested<br />
in Section 1, a good project should provide a chapter-by-chapter overview or route<br />
map in the introduction so the assessors know what to expect. Each chapter should<br />
also begin with a short introduction telling the reader what the chapter will do,<br />
SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 135
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
and then end with a short conclusion summarising what has been done, as well as<br />
signalling what comes next (i.e., reminding the assessors <strong>of</strong> the route map).<br />
Do make sure you structure your project logically. You need to ensure that each and<br />
every point you make follows from the previous point so your argument is clearly<br />
structured. When you need to shift your discussion into a different topic area, try<br />
using constructions like ‘Moving on’ or ‘On a different issue’ at the start <strong>of</strong> the new<br />
point. This should also be the start <strong>of</strong> a new paragraph – see below. Also make<br />
sure you link the sections <strong>of</strong> the argument in each chapter together, so that your<br />
project is not just a series <strong>of</strong> unrelated observations. Linking points make your<br />
writing flow better and signal the way your argument is developing – e.g., ‘having<br />
discussed the phenomenon <strong>of</strong> X, I will now move to analyse the possible explanations<br />
for this phenomenon’. Subheadings help to clarify an unfolding structure and<br />
developments in the argument to an assessor as well – but don’t over-use them as<br />
very short subsections are irritating and distracting. Overall, then, make sure your<br />
work is well structured in terms <strong>of</strong> the internal logic <strong>of</strong> each paragraph as well as the<br />
links between paragraphs and subsections.<br />
Do pay attention to paragraphing. Students <strong>of</strong>ten tend to make their paragraphs too<br />
short, which gives projects a ‘bitty’, ‘fragmented’ feel. It is difficult to be prescriptive<br />
about paragraphing but the usual guidance is to end a paragraph when you have<br />
finished discussing a particular point. If you feel that your paragraph is getting too<br />
long (say more than ¾ <strong>of</strong> a page as a rough guide 32 , and you haven’t come to the<br />
end <strong>of</strong> your point yet, then break <strong>of</strong>f at a logical place and restart using a construction<br />
like ‘Moreover’, ‘Furthermore’, ‘Additionally’ etc. These sorts <strong>of</strong> constructions make it<br />
clear that you are still discussing the same issue.<br />
Do be careful about forms <strong>of</strong> language. Certain forms <strong>of</strong> language may send unwitting<br />
or unintentional messages – e.g., the use <strong>of</strong> gender-specific/exclusive language like<br />
‘he’, ‘him’, ‘his’ etc. This may be grammatically correct but it is <strong>of</strong>ten not empirically<br />
or politically correct! We prefer you to use gender-inclusive language like ‘he/she’<br />
or gender-neutral language (e.g., ‘they’) unless you are referring to someone whose<br />
gender you know or quoting someone who uses gender-specific language. Insensitive<br />
or outdated language should also be avoided – e.g., ‘person <strong>of</strong> colour’ is preferable<br />
to ‘coloured person’, as suggested in Section 5. And consider the use <strong>of</strong> terms like<br />
‘research subject’ when talking about those who took part in your research. Might<br />
this not signal that you ‘subjected’ them to something or that they are subordinate or<br />
inferior to you in some way? This connects back to our discussion <strong>of</strong> research ethics in<br />
Section 6. We would recommend the use <strong>of</strong> less problematic terms like ‘respondent’,<br />
‘informant’, ‘participant’ and so on.<br />
Do use either the first person or the third person, as illustrated in figure 9.1.<br />
32 Bear in mind that the text in the project needs to be at least 1.5 spaced as<br />
well, so this advice about paragraph length refers to the finished version <strong>of</strong> the text.<br />
The Project Guidelines give full details <strong>of</strong> required formatting.<br />
136 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
First person version Third person version<br />
My project focuses on … This project focuses on …<br />
I would argue that … It can be argued that …<br />
My interpretation <strong>of</strong> this concept is … One interpretation <strong>of</strong> this concept is …<br />
I conducted interviews with … The researcher conducted interviews<br />
with …<br />
My respondents suggested that … The respondents suggested that ...<br />
Figure 9.1: First person usage versus third person usage<br />
In the past, academic research was usually written up using the third person, as it<br />
is assumed to sound more objective – as if the piece is more than just someone’s<br />
opinion. But more recently the first person has become acceptable as well. So we<br />
would suggest choosing the approach with which you are most comfortable – i.e.,<br />
the usage you have chosen in your assignment writing or the writing you do for work.<br />
There are two additional things to remember here though. First, writing in the first<br />
person can sound too ‘chatty’, informal and colloquial if this approach is not used<br />
carefully. Your project is a formal piece <strong>of</strong> academic work and needs to be presented<br />
as such. Second, we would recommend that you use either the first person or the<br />
third person throughout your project as switching between them can be distracting<br />
for the assessors.<br />
Do be careful about the use <strong>of</strong> footnotes and endnotes. Notes are used to expand<br />
on an argument, to include material which might make the text seem unbalanced if<br />
it was included in the main body <strong>of</strong> the argument. Most word-processing packages<br />
allow you to insert footnotes (which appear at the base <strong>of</strong> the relevant page, as<br />
in this <strong>module</strong> <strong>book</strong>) and endnotes (which appear at the end <strong>of</strong> the document)<br />
automatically. however, as with appendices (see Section 1), try to keep notes to a<br />
minimum. If the material is really so important it probably belongs in the main body<br />
<strong>of</strong> the text. Also, always use either footnotes or endnotes throughout, not both.<br />
Do pay attention to the use <strong>of</strong> the past tense and the present tense. One academic<br />
convention is to use the present tense throughout (e.g. ‘Weber claims that’ not<br />
‘Weber claimed that’) except when writing up your methodology and data analysis<br />
where you should use the past tense (e.g. ‘I chose to use questionnaires’, ‘my data<br />
suggested that’). But these are not hard and fast rules, and it may be a matter <strong>of</strong> (a)<br />
what works for you; and (b) what makes the project most ‘readable’. In any case,<br />
please try to avoid swapping between tenses within chapters.<br />
Do cite all your sources. Remember to cite the sources <strong>of</strong> all the indirect and direct<br />
quotations you have used in the main body <strong>of</strong> the text. You also need to provide a<br />
full list <strong>of</strong> references/bibliography at the end <strong>of</strong> the project, before any appendices<br />
SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 137
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
– and don’t try and pad this out! Only list sources you have actually consulted,<br />
and remember that if the list seems excessively long then your assessors might get<br />
suspicious! Students also sometimes ask whether they should include sources in the<br />
list <strong>of</strong> references which they haven’t cited in the main text. If you really think that<br />
the source in question has informed your thinking then include it in the list. If not,<br />
leave it out. And, again, remember that lots <strong>of</strong> sources that don’t appear in the text<br />
but do appear in the list <strong>of</strong> references will be something which generates negative<br />
commentary from your assessors, because again it looks like padding.<br />
Do be careful about the use <strong>of</strong> direct quotations. Direct quotations prove you have<br />
read the source in question and allow assessors to see how competently you have<br />
used it. But don’t over-use direct quotations and certainly do not use lots and lots<br />
<strong>of</strong> long ones (anything above 40 words or so). Further, don’t make the mistake <strong>of</strong><br />
piling direct quotations on top <strong>of</strong> each other, so that one follows from another and<br />
then another with none <strong>of</strong> your own words in between. In fact the general rule is<br />
that, if you can say it just as well yourself, then don’t use a direct quotation. Use an<br />
indirect one instead. In general we are interested in your interpretations <strong>of</strong> other<br />
people’s ideas and lots <strong>of</strong> direct quotations don’t really allow us to see how well you<br />
understand the material you have used. IN ANY CASE, MAKE SURE ThAT YOU PROVIDE<br />
AN APPROPRIATE REFERENCE WhEN YOU ARE QUOTING DIRECTLY FROM A SOURCE<br />
TEXT (AS WELL AS USING QUOTATION MARKS TO DENOTE ThE RELEVANT PASSAGE)<br />
AND REMEMBER ThAT INDIRECT QUOTATIONS ALSO NEED TO BE REFERENCED. MORE<br />
ON ThIS ISSUE BELOW IN ThE DISCUSSION OF PLAGIARISM. You might also want<br />
to indent longer direct quotations and/or present them using single spacing to<br />
enhance readability.<br />
Do cross-reference where necessary. In other words, you should do what we have<br />
been doing throughout this <strong>book</strong> – signal to the reader where something will be<br />
discussed in more detail or from another angle later in the project, and refer back to<br />
previous discussion to remind them <strong>of</strong> an argument where necessary.<br />
And now to the things you should avoid doing in your writing!<br />
The ‘Don’ts’ <strong>of</strong> Writing a Project<br />
Most <strong>of</strong> these should be obvious from what we have already said. As with the ‘dos’<br />
above, they also apply to other academic assignments.<br />
Don’t provide an unclear or inadequate outline <strong>of</strong> your research questions. Make<br />
sure that your project clearly spells out your research questions and why you are<br />
asking them in the introduction, and makes appropriate reference to these questions<br />
and justifications in later chapters where necessary. If the assessors aren’t clear on<br />
what your focus is from the outset, and why this focus has been chosen, this will have<br />
a negative impact on your mark.<br />
Don’t commit the errors <strong>of</strong> poor referencing or plagiarism. Plagiarism can be from<br />
published texts <strong>of</strong> whatever sort (including Internet sources) or from other students’<br />
work. AS YOU KNOW BY NOW, EIThER WAY IT WILL ATTRACT A FAILING MARK. MAKE<br />
138 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
SURE YOU REFERENCE PROPERLY AND REMEMBER ThAT, IF YOU DON’T UNDERSTAND<br />
A PARTICULAR TEXT, ThEN YOU NEED TO PUT MORE EFFORT INTO READING IT AND/<br />
OR TO DISCUSS IT WITh A TUTOR ON BLACKBOARD. DON’T JUST COPY ChUNKS OF IT<br />
OUT. WE WILL IDENTIFY PLAGIARISM AND IT WILL LEAD TO A FAILING MARK – PLEASE<br />
BE WARNED! Equally, inconsistent or incomplete referencing will also affect your<br />
mark – and not in a good way!<br />
Don’t ‘jump around’. This means writing in a series <strong>of</strong> disconnected points so the<br />
reader cannot see how the argument or the storyline <strong>of</strong> the project builds. You<br />
should be telling a coherent narrative.<br />
Don’t make unsupported claims or <strong>of</strong>fer too much personal experience as evidence.<br />
If you make a claim about something – e.g. ‘Money is the best motivational tool<br />
managers have available’ – then you need to be able to provide evidence <strong>of</strong> this claim.<br />
Evidence can be from theory, from empirical data (your own or someone else’s) or<br />
your personal experience. however, don’t overuse your own experience as this makes<br />
a project sound too anecdotal – i.e., like a series <strong>of</strong> personal stories as opposed to a<br />
properly researched piece <strong>of</strong> academic work. Concrete, ‘real life’ examples <strong>of</strong> what<br />
you mean are also good – e.g., a description <strong>of</strong> how a financial incentive scheme at<br />
Organisation X raised productivity by 100% in less than six months, as discussed by<br />
Author Y (2006) to illustrate the above claim about money as a motivator. In general,<br />
when you make a claim, always ask yourself ‘how do I know this is the case?’ and<br />
provide the relevant evidence. Also make sure that the evidence you provide fits the<br />
claim you are making!<br />
Don’t overstate the case, neglect the other side <strong>of</strong> the argument or ignore<br />
critiques. Overstating the case or neglecting the other side <strong>of</strong> the argument are both<br />
problematic as most if not all topics in the management literature are characterised<br />
by controversy and disagreement. We touched on this issue in Section 2. So try not<br />
to exaggerate the strength <strong>of</strong> one particular way <strong>of</strong> understanding an issue – avoid<br />
presenting it as definitive. here is an example <strong>of</strong> what we mean:<br />
’Effective organisational learning is the most important source <strong>of</strong><br />
corporate success’<br />
versus<br />
‘Effective organisational learning is widely regarded as an important<br />
source <strong>of</strong> corporate success’<br />
The first claim exaggerates the importance <strong>of</strong> organisational learning – the second is<br />
more accurate and nuanced.<br />
In terms <strong>of</strong> ignoring critiques, and again because <strong>of</strong> the discussion and debate that<br />
exist in nearly all areas <strong>of</strong> the academic literature on management, try not to present<br />
one author or one perspective as if they are in some way the ‘Gold Standard’. An<br />
example here is the way in which a lot <strong>of</strong> management students we have come<br />
across use the work <strong>of</strong> Geert h<strong>of</strong>stede on cross-cultural differences in organisational<br />
SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 139
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
behaviour. As we suggested in Section 2 h<strong>of</strong>stede is one <strong>of</strong> the key authors in this<br />
area <strong>of</strong> the literature. however, the mistake students <strong>of</strong>ten make is to present his<br />
work as if it is the be-all-and-end-all, as if there is nothing else to say on the subject.<br />
There is no problem at all with a project that makes a lot <strong>of</strong> use <strong>of</strong> h<strong>of</strong>stede – but it<br />
would need to acknowledge that his ideas are very controversial and widely criticised,<br />
as well as to make a robust case as to why the student in question has chosen to use<br />
his work.<br />
Don’t say too little. This <strong>of</strong>ten happens when students try to fit too much into their<br />
word limit, and don’t explain key points fully enough. Assessors then have to read<br />
between the lines and guess at what you mean, which will affect your mark. Don’t<br />
leave arguments ‘hanging in mid-air’. Make sure all your points are appropriately<br />
developed so that they are clear. As we have said above, writing well means knowing<br />
what to leave out as well as what to include, and the key balance is between breadth<br />
and depth <strong>of</strong> coverage.<br />
Don’t include irrelevant material. Relatedly, everything that goes in should have<br />
some bearing on your research questions (as we have also said above). It should<br />
be part <strong>of</strong> the unfolding story which we talked about in Section 1. Make sure your<br />
assessors are never left wondering why you are talking about a specific issue.<br />
Don’t write in an informal style or use inappropriate language. Avoid using slang<br />
or colloquialisms. Avoid overusing contractions like ‘don’t’ and ‘didn’t’. Avoid<br />
writing in a chatty or informal way as if you were writing an e-mail or text to a friend.<br />
Finally, avoid using sexist, racist or homophobic language (etc.) – unless <strong>of</strong> course you<br />
are quoting another author or a respondent who uses these kinds <strong>of</strong> constructions.<br />
Don’t use jargon without defining it. If you are using technical terms or jargon which<br />
belong to a specific area <strong>of</strong> the academic literature, and would not be understood by<br />
someone who is not familiar with this literature, then you need to define these terms.<br />
Otherwise we don’t know whether you understand them or not. The trick here is to<br />
write for an intelligent layperson – i.e., someone who is not an expert in the area<br />
but will understand the relevant issues if they are carefully explained. As assessors we<br />
will <strong>of</strong> course be familiar with the material you are discussing, but what we want to<br />
see is that you understand it.<br />
Don’t overwrite. Effective communication is about being clear, concise and crisp.<br />
Although some academics use very complex and lengthy sentences and extremely<br />
flowery and elaborate language, this does not mean that academic work needs to<br />
have these characteristics. An example <strong>of</strong> overwriting follows:<br />
“While it is true that researchers have illusions <strong>of</strong> academic grandeur<br />
when they sit down to write their project report, and who can blame<br />
them because they have had to demonstrate skills and resilience to get<br />
to this point in their studies, they nonetheless must consider that writing<br />
a project is an exercise in communication and nobody likes reading lots<br />
<strong>of</strong> ideas which are expressed in such a confusing and pretentious way<br />
140 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
that nobody can understand them, let alone the poor tutor who has to<br />
plough through it all to try and make some sense <strong>of</strong> it.”<br />
Phew!! This is an instance <strong>of</strong> using sentences which are much too long. What follows<br />
is much more carefully expressed:<br />
“Researchers have illusions <strong>of</strong> academic grandeur when they write their<br />
project report. This is understandable. They have demonstrated skill<br />
and resilience to reach this point in their studies. however, writing a<br />
project is an exercise in communication. Nobody likes confusing and<br />
pretentious writing which is difficult to understand. We should pity any<br />
tutor who has to make sense <strong>of</strong> it.”<br />
This is a much clearer rendition <strong>of</strong> the same points – and cuts up one sentence into<br />
six. A tip to avoid very lengthy sentences is to read your work out loud. The points at<br />
which you need to breathe are usually where a full stop/period is needed.<br />
Don’t skimp on your research. Not reading enough, whether it’s subject-specific or<br />
methodological literature, makes your argument weak, as does overrelying on some<br />
sources – plus it looks lazy!<br />
Don’t write a conclusion that contradicts your main discussion. Make sure your<br />
conclusion doesn’t contradict the discussion in the preceding chapters. We have seen<br />
lots <strong>of</strong> examples where project conclusions reflect what the student wanted to find<br />
as opposed to what their research actually found. Inappropriate generalisations<br />
from a non-representative sample should also be avoided, as should sweeping and<br />
unrealistic recommendations which are not substantiated by your data (also refer<br />
back to Sections 1, 7 and 8).<br />
Don’t submit a project which contains typographical errors. An untidy project with<br />
lots <strong>of</strong> errors will not achieve a good mark. Make sure your plan leaves time for you<br />
to pro<strong>of</strong>read the project yourself (again reading out loud helps) or to get someone<br />
else to do it (as long as this is all they are doing – they shouldn’t be advising you on<br />
content). Also<br />
1. check to see that you have followed all the formatting instructions in the<br />
Project Guidelines;<br />
2. try to ensure your title is (a) relevant to the project, (b) informative in terms<br />
<strong>of</strong> letting assessors know what to expect and (c) exciting/attention grabbing;<br />
3. check your contents list to make sure it’s comprehensive and accurate;<br />
4. check to make sure all the pages are in numerical order;<br />
5. do a spellcheck and a grammar check;<br />
6. and, <strong>final</strong>ly, check your referencing.<br />
SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 141
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
Don’t write too many words or too few. here are some ballpark figures for each<br />
chapter:<br />
introduction: 750 words<br />
literature review: 1500 words<br />
methodology: 1500 words<br />
data analysis: 1500 words<br />
conclusions, recommendations and reflections: 750 words<br />
We mean what we say when we use the term ‘ballpark’. Remember that a project<br />
should be 6000 words long, but that you are permitted 10% leeway above and below<br />
this figure (i.e., from 5400 words to 6600 words as a minimum and maximum). So<br />
the figures above should be seen from this point <strong>of</strong> view. Some projects will also look<br />
rather different from this set <strong>of</strong> figures for word count per chapter depending on<br />
their subject matter. however, very long or very short projects will always attract poor<br />
marks. Anything preceding the introduction (e.g., your executive summary/abstract)<br />
and anything following the reflections section (e.g., appendices and bibliography)<br />
are not part <strong>of</strong> the word count. But remember that this does not mean you should<br />
dump lots <strong>of</strong> material in the appendices because you can’t fit it in the main text!<br />
To sum up, what follows is a very rough guide to what we regard as some <strong>of</strong> the<br />
major, medium, minor and trivial ‘sins’ in a project. We will take account <strong>of</strong> any such<br />
sins in our marking, but obviously lots <strong>of</strong> major sins are likely to have a much more<br />
negative impact on your mark than a few minor sins:<br />
Major sins: reproduction <strong>of</strong> others’ words and ideas without acknowledgement (i.e.,<br />
plagiarism); project is not clearly focused; project is incoherent, badly written and/<br />
or poorly structured; project demonstrates inadequate engagement with relevant<br />
literature, both subject-specific and methodological; project is one-sided; project is<br />
derivative or uncritical; project contains extremely poor or no referencing; project<br />
omits or neglects key components (e.g., methodology).<br />
Medium sins: significant omissions from the references, or referencing is inconsistent;<br />
project is not spellchecked – there are a considerable number <strong>of</strong> incorrectly spelt<br />
words; project is poorly structured.<br />
Minor sins: project is poorly punctuated; project contains some misspellings; project<br />
omits some references.<br />
Trivial sins: project contains a few misspellings; project demonstrates some poor<br />
punctuation; project uses et al. in the list <strong>of</strong> references when all authors should be<br />
given at this stage.<br />
142 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
And, <strong>final</strong>ly, where else can you go for support with your project, including writing<br />
it up?<br />
Other Sources <strong>of</strong> Advice and Information on<br />
Writing Your Project<br />
here are some more sources <strong>of</strong> help with regard to writing up your project. The<br />
first is the ULSM assignment writing guidelines which you should be familiar<br />
with by now. You can find these at: http://www.le.ac.uk/ulmc/existingstudents/<br />
assignwritingguidelines.<strong>pdf</strong>. Check these out for guidance on preparing, writing and<br />
referencing assignments (including the project) correctly. Some <strong>of</strong> it is material we<br />
have adapted for this section, but some <strong>of</strong> it will be new to you. Second, at http://<br />
www2.le.ac.uk/<strong>of</strong>fices/ssds/sd you will find the home page <strong>of</strong> Student Development<br />
at the <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Leicester</strong>. There are all sorts <strong>of</strong> useful resources here on writing,<br />
studying and researching.<br />
The Project Guidelines – <strong>of</strong> course – should be read, digested and committed to<br />
memory. To remind you, the Guidelines can be found on the Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Management<br />
Project site on <strong>Blackboard</strong>. Also on <strong>Blackboard</strong>, as noted earlier, you will find the<br />
project Discussion Boards. Just as with the other <strong>module</strong>s you have studied during<br />
your Diploma programme, there are discussion boards where you can ask questions<br />
<strong>of</strong> a ULSM tutor relating to issues about your project. This is how you receive your<br />
project supervision. The boards are as divided by topic area follows:<br />
Accounting and Finance<br />
Marketing<br />
Management (incorporating Strategy, Organisational Behaviour and<br />
hRM)<br />
Now, some tips about how to play nicely on the discussion boards:<br />
1. Read the Project Guidelines and this <strong>module</strong> <strong>book</strong> before posting – so you<br />
know basically what we expect and what you need to do. Also check other<br />
posts on the board to see if your question has already been answered.<br />
2. Be clear and succinct – keep your posts short and sweet (no more than 500<br />
words) and don’t ask the tutor to read draft chapters or sections <strong>of</strong> chapters,<br />
as we are not able to <strong>of</strong>fer this service.<br />
3. Choose the right board – in other words if you are doing a Marketing project<br />
then choose the Marketing board. Otherwise the tutor may redirect you to<br />
another board. Please also do not post to more than one board.<br />
SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 143
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
4. Do not begin work on your project proper until you have discussed it with a<br />
tutor via one <strong>of</strong> the boards. Equally, do not begin work on your data collection<br />
until you have received tutor approval for your proposal via the board, as<br />
discussed in Section 6.<br />
5. Remember this is not a confirmation process – tutors will comment on your<br />
ideas, <strong>of</strong>fer support and advice and approve your proposal but you should<br />
not assume any <strong>of</strong> this means your project will receive a passing mark. It<br />
is up to you to take the feedback you are given and turn it into a decent<br />
submission.<br />
6. If posting to a discussion board for the first time the minimum information we<br />
expect from you is the research questions you want to ask, the subject-specific<br />
literature you plan to use and an outline <strong>of</strong> your proposed methodology if<br />
relevant. If you don’t supply this information it <strong>of</strong>ten means that the tutor<br />
can’t answer your question.<br />
7. Observe the three working days rule – we guarantee a response on the<br />
board to your query within three UK working days (i.e., Monday to Friday),<br />
unless the tutor has notified you via the board that they are away for a period<br />
<strong>of</strong> time (see point 8 below). Please do not ‘hassle’ the tutor for a response<br />
unless this time period has elapsed.<br />
8. Don’t post when the tutor has asked you not to – tutors need holidays too.<br />
At times they will ask students not to post to a board while they take a wellearned<br />
break, so they don’t return to piles and piles <strong>of</strong> posts. This is especially<br />
likely during the UK summer or at Christmas. however where possible we will<br />
arrange cover for a board during tutor holidays.<br />
9. Don’t try to take discussions <strong>of</strong>f the board or spam tutors – we will not<br />
respond to spam e-mails sent using the BB communication function, and will<br />
simply redirect you to the relevant board. Also unless there is a very good<br />
reason we will only provide supervisory assistance on BB, not by individual<br />
e-mail. This is because students <strong>of</strong>ten ask the same question and it makes<br />
much more sense for everyone to be able to see a discussion thread on that<br />
basis.<br />
Finally, remember that all ULSM tutors mark many student research projects every<br />
year. So the clearer, more enjoyable and more interesting your project is, the better<br />
your mark will be. A tip is to ask a friend to read your executive summary/abstract or<br />
your introduction to see if it inspires them to read further …<br />
Best <strong>of</strong> luck with your project!<br />
144 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
� Key Reading<br />
� Tasks<br />
Summary<br />
You should now visit <strong>Blackboard</strong> to identify the key reading from<br />
the companion text<strong>book</strong> and to complete the tasks for this section<br />
<strong>of</strong> the <strong>module</strong>. You may also wish to discuss these tasks with the<br />
tutor and other students on the relevant <strong>module</strong> support forum, but<br />
do remember that others may be progressing through the <strong>module</strong><br />
either more slowly or more quickly than you. Additional support<br />
material for this section can be found in the same section <strong>of</strong> the<br />
<strong>Blackboard</strong> <strong>module</strong> site.<br />
1. Writing well means being comprehensive, coherent and persuasive.<br />
2. You can learn to write well by reading others’ work, following academic codes<br />
and practising.<br />
3. Write up your project as you go.<br />
4. Keeping your research questions in mind is extremely important.<br />
5. Also pay attention to technicalities like paragraphing and forms <strong>of</strong> language.<br />
6. There is a long list <strong>of</strong> ‘don’t’s’ in projects such as not defining the jargon you<br />
use and overwriting.<br />
7. Don’t forget to consult the ULSM Assignment Writing Guidelines, the Student<br />
Learning Centre resources and the Project Guidelines, as well as posting any<br />
queries about your project to the relevant BB discussion board.<br />
8. Remember to keep your assessors entertained!<br />
References<br />
The following are the sources which were used to compile this section. Chapters<br />
or excerpts are specified to suggest material which should be especially relevant to<br />
issues covered in the section.<br />
Alasuutari, P. (1995) Researching Culture: Qualitative Method and Cultural Studies<br />
London: Sage<br />
SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 145
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
Blaxter, L., C. hughes and M. Tight (2001) How To Research 2 nd Edition. Buckingham:<br />
Open <strong>University</strong> Press chapter 8<br />
Robson, C. (2002) Real World Research: A Resource for Social Scientists and<br />
Practitioner-Researchers 2 nd Edition. Oxford: Blackwell chapter 15<br />
Saunders, M., P. Lewis and A. Thornhill (2009) Research Methods for Business<br />
Students 5 th Edition. harlow: Financial Times Prentice hall chapter 14, appendix 4<br />
(pp. 584–586)<br />
146 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT
Pr<strong>of</strong>essional management Project<br />
school <strong>of</strong> management<br />
aPPenDix 1<br />
Doing a Theoretical Project
Pr<strong>of</strong>essional management Project<br />
school <strong>of</strong> management
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
APPENDIX 1<br />
Doing a Theoretical Project<br />
As we have stated already, in our experience most students <strong>of</strong> management opt to<br />
do an empirical project, dissertation or thesis to achieve their qualifications. It is<br />
important to remember that using secondary data – i.e., data that has been collected<br />
by someone else but is available to you, such as market reports, government census<br />
data or organisational data like financial accounts or absence statistics – is still<br />
empirical research. In other words, it involves using someone else’s data to answer<br />
the research questions you have posed. As such projects which only use secondary<br />
data should be structured like a standard empirical project as outlined in Section 1 <strong>of</strong><br />
this <strong>module</strong> <strong>book</strong>.<br />
however, some <strong>of</strong> you may prefer to undertake a theoretical project, sometimes<br />
referred to as a library or desk-based project. We have provided the following guidance<br />
for those who decide to go down this route. Please remember the following before<br />
you embark on this kind <strong>of</strong> project:<br />
1. Doing a theoretical project is not an easy option. Indeed it is <strong>of</strong>ten more<br />
straightforward to choose an empirical project. This is because working with<br />
empirical data usually makes it easier to say something new about a subject<br />
area as opposed to simply rehashing what the relevant academic literature<br />
suggests about that subject area. Remember that research is about answering<br />
questions, seeking clarification on things we are not sure about and clearing<br />
up gaps in the breadth or certainty <strong>of</strong> our knowledge about the social world.<br />
The term ‘research’ actually implies uncertainty. It does not involve telling the<br />
reader something that they already know, or could find out if they read the<br />
relevant literature for themselves.<br />
2. Relatedly, doing a theoretical project means you have to summarise the<br />
existing literature(/s) in a subject area(/s) in a way that adds something to<br />
that literature. A straightforward literature review where you simply tell us<br />
about the key arguments and debates is not sufficient. You must evaluate the<br />
literature as it stands and/or synthesise (bring together) more than one body<br />
<strong>of</strong> literature to see what one can add to the other or where there might be<br />
similar or different sorts <strong>of</strong> claims being made.<br />
3. It is equally important to check your initial ideas out on the relevant <strong>Blackboard</strong><br />
project discussion board when pursuing a theoretical project as it would be if<br />
you had chosen to do an empirical research project. And you are still required<br />
to submit a one page research proposal in this case as well.<br />
4. If you undertake a theoretical project, then the outcome should be a series<br />
<strong>of</strong> recommendations for further academic research as opposed to practical<br />
recommendations for organisational change or managerial initiatives as in<br />
many empirical projects. The idea is to look for gaps, weaknesses, problems<br />
SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 147
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
or biases in the existing literature – to undertake a critical analysis – in order<br />
to lay the ground for future research.<br />
5. Theoretical projects demand that you provide a very thorough review <strong>of</strong><br />
the existing literature/s. In a standard Diploma empirical project, the three<br />
substantive chapters – literature review, methodology and data analysis –<br />
should come in at somewhere around 1500 words each. For a theoretical<br />
project, these three chapters become an extended literature review, divided<br />
appropriately, and running to a total <strong>of</strong> some 4500 words. This means that<br />
you will need to read more <strong>of</strong> the existing literature than you would if you<br />
were doing empirical research.<br />
Some possible routes for theoretical projects might include one or a combination <strong>of</strong><br />
the routes below:<br />
• An analysis which suggests that the existing literature is dominated by<br />
commentary which focuses on one particular part <strong>of</strong> the world. It is common,<br />
for example, for management literature to be written by academics from the<br />
Global North, about issues in the Global North, using data from the Global<br />
North. Thus organisational and management issues which are specific to<br />
the Global South are relatively under-discussed. This might also mean that<br />
management theories and concepts which are not applicable to the Global<br />
South are being taught and disseminated there even though they do not ‘fit’<br />
properly.<br />
• An analysis which suggests that the existing literature on a specific topic<br />
is dominated by a particular methodology – for example, the use <strong>of</strong> selfadministered<br />
questionnaires on representative samples – which might <strong>of</strong>fer<br />
a one-sided view <strong>of</strong> the topic being investigated. This might then lead into<br />
an analysis which proposes that a more qualitative, open-ended, nonrepresentative<br />
strategy could bring different aspects <strong>of</strong> the topic to light.<br />
• An analysis which establishes other conceptual or empirical gaps in a body <strong>of</strong><br />
literature. For example, there is a large body <strong>of</strong> literature on work-life balance,<br />
but the vast majority <strong>of</strong> this literature concentrates on how the struggle to<br />
manage this intersection is something that mainly affects women and/or<br />
parents. There is very little which focuses on men and/or those who have<br />
other sorts <strong>of</strong> dependents – e.g., elderly parents – and/or other life interests<br />
and commitments. This has the effect <strong>of</strong> narrowing discussions <strong>of</strong> work-life<br />
balance initiatives and recommendations, as if only a specific proportion <strong>of</strong><br />
the workforce worldwide are trying to juggle ‘work’ and ‘life’.<br />
• An analysis which brings together or synthesises more than one body <strong>of</strong><br />
literature with the intention <strong>of</strong> suggesting what one set <strong>of</strong> theories or claims<br />
might add to or have to say about the other, or to establish that there might<br />
be more common ground between two competing camps than has at first<br />
been thought. A similar strategy is to compare an emerging literature against<br />
a body <strong>of</strong> thought which it claims to replace or improve upon. An example <strong>of</strong><br />
148 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
this strategy is the commentary on human Resource Management during the<br />
1990s which suggested that it was either something genuinely new or in fact<br />
that it was not very different from old-style personnel management and was<br />
therefore a case <strong>of</strong> ‘old wine in new bottles’.<br />
here are some examples <strong>of</strong> published theoretical research papers by School <strong>of</strong><br />
Management faculty. They are provided to illustrate what we mean by saying<br />
something new about, evaluating or synthesising existing literature/s. We suggest<br />
you read some or all <strong>of</strong> these papers yourself to get a better sense <strong>of</strong> what theoretical<br />
research entails.<br />
Brewis, J. (2001) ‘Foucault, politics and organizations: (re)-constructing sexual<br />
harassment’, Gender, Work and Organization 8(1):37–60<br />
here Jo Brewis evaluates the academic literature on workplace sexual harassment.<br />
She uses the ideas <strong>of</strong> the French philosopher Michel Foucault, who argues that<br />
various forms <strong>of</strong> knowledge – like academic literature – combine to provide ideas,<br />
norms and frameworks which we as human beings use as a guide in how we live<br />
our lives. In other words, Foucault suggests that knowledge has ‘power effects’ – it<br />
is powerful in constructing the ways we understand ourselves and each other. Jo<br />
argues, on this basis, that the existing literature on/knowledge <strong>of</strong> sexual harassment<br />
might have several unintended consequences which actually serve to reproduce<br />
harassment in the workplace, instead <strong>of</strong> helping to eliminate it. For example, she<br />
suggests that the argument in the literature that women are the helpless victims <strong>of</strong><br />
sexual harassment, whereas men are the aggressive perpetrators, serves to reproduce<br />
the prevailing assumption that men should initiate sexual contact – almost to the<br />
extent <strong>of</strong> suggesting that women are so sexually passive that they can’t even fight<br />
back when they are being harassed. here then Jo evaluates the literature on sexual<br />
harassment by using Foucault’s arguments. So she is also synthesising two literatures<br />
– bringing Foucault’s ideas to bear on the harassment literature.<br />
Dunne, S. (2008) ‘Corporate social responsibility and the value <strong>of</strong> corporate<br />
moral pragmatism’ Culture and Organization 14(2):135–149<br />
Stephen Dunne starts by suggesting that academic discussions <strong>of</strong> Corporate Social<br />
Responsibility (CSR) increasingly focus on what CSR should be – what it should look<br />
like in practice – as opposed to discussing whether it should be/exist – i.e., is it a<br />
good idea at all? his paper then goes on to ask whether this pragmatic focus on<br />
how we should go about doing CSR is something that should be welcomed. Stephen<br />
evaluates the central CSR claim that corporations can be regarded as moral actors<br />
or as having a moral ‘personhood’, rather like individual people. he contrasts the<br />
work <strong>of</strong> Milton Friedman – who opposes this claim – to the work <strong>of</strong> those who<br />
accept it. Stephen suggests that those in the latter camp, who support the idea<br />
<strong>of</strong> CSR, tend to discuss how to operationalise it (i.e., to define and/or put it into<br />
practice), rather than engaging properly with Friedman’s critique. however, Stephen<br />
also states this is not necessarily because he agrees with Friedman. Instead he argues,<br />
using Nietzsche and hanlon, that a proper critique <strong>of</strong> Friedman must also critique his<br />
fervent belief in free market capitalism – which the advocates <strong>of</strong> CSR seem reluctant<br />
SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 149
PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />
to do. Thus these advocates are closer to Friedman than it may at first appear. here<br />
then Stephen suggests that these two apparently opposing camps actually share<br />
some common ground, and he also highlights areas that still need to be addressed<br />
in CSR commentary. Again then he is both evaluating the CSR literature and also to<br />
some extent synthesising its different camps.<br />
Parker, M. (1999) ‘Capitalism, subjectivity and ethics: debating labour process<br />
analysis’ Organization Studies 20(1):25–45<br />
In this paper Martin Parker tries to establish whether there might be any similarities<br />
between two competing versions <strong>of</strong> organisational analysis. The first is labour process<br />
theory, which is broadly Marxist. Labour process theory believes in an essential<br />
human nature and the possibility <strong>of</strong> universal human freedom. It is rooted in a<br />
critique <strong>of</strong> work arrangements under capitalism as alienating and exploitative. The<br />
second is poststructuralist analysis which does not believe in essential human nature<br />
or universal human freedom. Poststructuralism asks us instead to reflect upon the<br />
way that we currently organise the world around us (e.g., capitalism) in order to seek<br />
out the alternatives – which may or may not be preferable to the ones currently in<br />
place. Martin identifies the key differences and similarities between theorists in these<br />
camps and concludes by suggesting that the common ground they might share has<br />
to do with ethics. In other words, both camps challenge what ‘is’ and debate what<br />
‘ought to be’ instead in the organisational context. Again then Martin is evaluating<br />
claims from each body <strong>of</strong> literature but also synthesising them. Like Stephen Dunne’s<br />
analysis, this is an interesting strategy because there is at first glance much more<br />
disagreement between these two camps than agreement.<br />
150 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT
© <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Leicester</strong> 2009<br />
<strong>Leicester</strong> LE1 7RH<br />
UK<br />
www.le.ac.uk